TW202142035A - Multiplexing operation method, apparatus, node, and storage medium - Google Patents

Multiplexing operation method, apparatus, node, and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202142035A
TW202142035A TW110117589A TW110117589A TW202142035A TW 202142035 A TW202142035 A TW 202142035A TW 110117589 A TW110117589 A TW 110117589A TW 110117589 A TW110117589 A TW 110117589A TW 202142035 A TW202142035 A TW 202142035A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
node
combination
unit
case
multiplexing
Prior art date
Application number
TW110117589A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
劉文豪
苗婷
畢峰
邢衛民
盧有雄
Original Assignee
大陸商中興通訊股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大陸商中興通訊股份有限公司 filed Critical 大陸商中興通訊股份有限公司
Publication of TW202142035A publication Critical patent/TW202142035A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a multiplexing operation method, device, node and storage medium. The multiplexing operation method comprises: a first node indicating a first operation combination to a second node; wherein, the first operation combination one of the followings: a multiplex operation combination, a combination of multiplex operations and frame structure, and a combination of multiplex operations and availability.

Description

多工操作方法、裝置、節點和儲存媒體Multiplex operation method, device, node and storage medium

本說明書涉及無線通訊技術領域,例如涉及一種多工操作方法、裝置、節點和儲存媒體。This specification relates to the field of wireless communication technology, such as a multiplexing operation method, device, node, and storage medium.

整合接入和回傳(Integrated Access Backhaul,IAB)節點包括移動終端(Mobile Termination,MT)單元和分散式單元(Distributed Unit,DU)。其中IAB節點透過MT(或稱為IAB-MT)單元連接上一級節點,上一級節點可稱之為父節點(parent node),IAB-MT單元與父節點之間的鏈路為回傳鏈路。IAB節點透過DU(或稱為IAB-DU)節點與下一級節點或終端連接,該連接的鏈路為接入鏈路。IAB節點根據能力不同可以同時執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的發送、接收操作,其可以支援多種多工操作組合,例如IAB-MT和IAB-DU的發送操作、IAB-MT和IAB-DU的接收操作、IAB-MT的接收操作和IAB-DU的發送操作、IAB-MT的發送操作和IAB-DU的接收操作。為了進行有效多工,對於IAB節點而言,需要IAB節點的parent node對一些多工操作組合進行與一些因素相關的協調才能使得IAB節點可以有效地執行對應的多工操作組合。但IAB node和parent node對一個時間單位的多工操作組合還未形成統一的理解。Integrated access and backhaul (Integrated Access Backhaul, IAB) nodes include mobile terminal (Mobile Termination, MT) units and distributed units (Distributed Unit, DU). The IAB node is connected to the upper-level node through the MT (or IAB-MT) unit. The upper-level node can be called the parent node. The link between the IAB-MT unit and the parent node is the backhaul link . The IAB node is connected to the next-level node or terminal through the DU (or IAB-DU) node, and the link of the connection is the access link. IAB nodes can perform IAB-MT and IAB-DU sending and receiving operations at the same time according to their different capabilities. It can support a variety of multiplexing operation combinations, such as IAB-MT and IAB-DU sending operations, IAB-MT and IAB-DU Reception operation, IAB-MT reception operation and IAB-DU transmission operation, IAB-MT transmission operation and IAB-DU reception operation. In order to perform effective multiplexing, for the IAB node, it is necessary for the parent node of the IAB node to coordinate some multiplexing operation combinations related to some factors so that the IAB node can effectively perform the corresponding multiplexing operation combination. However, the IAB node and the parent node have not yet formed a unified understanding of the combination of multiple operations in a time unit.

本申請提出一種多工操作方法、裝置、節點和儲存媒體,旨在實作第一節點與第二節點對多工操作組合的統一理解,從而使得第二節點可以根據第一操作組合有效地執行對應的多工操作。This application proposes a multiplexing operation method, device, node, and storage medium, aiming to implement a unified understanding of the multiplexing operation combination between the first node and the second node, so that the second node can effectively execute according to the first operation combination Corresponding multiplexing operation.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法,該方法包括:The embodiment of this specification provides a multiplex operation method, which includes:

將第一操作組合指示至第二節點;其中,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Instruct the first operation combination to the second node; where the first operation combination includes any one of the following: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種多工操作方法,該方法包括:The embodiment of this specification further provides a multiplexing operation method, which includes:

配置第一操作組合;其中,第一操作組合包括第二節點的操作組合,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Configure the first operation combination; where the first operation combination includes the operation combination of the second node, and the first operation combination includes any one of the following: multiplexing operation combination, multiplexing operation and frame structure combination, multiplexing operation and availability combination.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種多工操作方法,該方法包括:The embodiment of this specification further provides a multiplexing operation method, which includes:

所述第二節點獲取第一操作組合;所述第二節點根據第一操作組合判定傳輸方向;其中,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構的組合、多工操作與可用性的組合。The second node obtains the first operation combination; the second node determines the transmission direction according to the first operation combination; wherein, the first operation combination includes any one of the following: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, Combination of multiplexing operation and usability.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種多工操作裝置,該裝置包括:The embodiment of this specification further provides a multiplex operation device, which includes:

指示模組,用於將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。The instruction module is used to instruct the first operation combination to the second node.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種多工操作裝置,該裝置包括:The embodiment of this specification further provides a multiplex operation device, which includes:

配置模組,用於配置第一操作組合;其中,第一操作組合包括第二節點的操作組合,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。The configuration module is used to configure the first operation combination; where the first operation combination includes the operation combination of the second node, and the first operation combination includes any one of the following: multiplexing operation combination, multiplexing operation and frame structure combination, multiplexing Combination of operation and availability.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種多工操作裝置,該裝置包括:The embodiment of this specification further provides a multiplex operation device, which includes:

獲取模組,用於獲取第一操作組合;判定模組,用於根據第一操作組合判定傳輸方向。The obtaining module is used to obtain the first operation combination; the judging module is used to determine the transmission direction according to the first operation combination.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種網路節點,該節點包括:記憶體、處理器及儲存在記憶體上並可在處理器上運行的電腦程式,所述處理器執行所述電腦程式時,實作如本說明書實施例提供的多工操作方法。The embodiment of this specification further provides a network node, which includes a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor. When the processor executes the computer program, the actual As the multiplex operation method provided in the embodiment of this specification.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種電腦可讀儲存媒體,電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存有電腦程式,所述電腦程式被處理器執行時實作如本說明書實施例提供的多工操作方法。The embodiment of the present specification further provides a computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the multiplexing operation method provided in the embodiment of the present specification.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法、裝置、節點和儲存媒體,該方法包括第一節點將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。透過上述方案可以實作第一節點與第二節點對多工操作組合的統一理解,從而使得第二節點可以根據第一操作組合有效地執行對應的多工操作。The embodiments of this specification provide a multiplexing operation method, device, node, and storage medium. The method includes a first node instructing a first operation combination to a second node. Through the above solution, a unified understanding of the multiplexing operation combination of the first node and the second node can be implemented, so that the second node can effectively perform the corresponding multiplexing operation according to the first operation combination.

下文中將結合附圖對本說明書的實施例進行說明。Hereinafter, the embodiments of this specification will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.

另外,在本說明書實施例中,“可選地”或者“示例性地”等詞用於表示作例子、例證或說明。本說明書實施例中被描述為“可選地”或者“示例性地”的任何實施例或設計方案不應被解釋為比其它實施例或設計方案更優選或更具優勢。確切而言,使用“可選地”或者“示例性地”等詞旨在以具體方式呈現相關概念。In addition, in the embodiments of the present specification, words such as "optionally" or "exemplarily" are used to represent examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "optional" or "exemplary" in the embodiments of this specification should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "optionally" or "exemplary" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.

如圖1所示,從上至下的四個節點分別是第四節點、第一節點、第二節點和第三節點。以第二節點為參照,第一節點稱為父節點(parent node),第三節點稱為子節點。第一節點為IAB節點或donor DU或中繼節點,第四節點為宿主節點(donor node)或CU節點,宿主節點為包含有集中單元(Central Unit,CU)的節點或者為不包含CU的節點,第二節點為IAB節點,第三節點是IAB節點或使用者設備(User Equipment,UE)。As shown in Figure 1, the four nodes from top to bottom are the fourth node, the first node, the second node, and the third node. Taking the second node as a reference, the first node is called the parent node, and the third node is called the child node. The first node is an IAB node or a donor DU or a relay node, the fourth node is a donor node or a CU node, and the host node is a node that contains a Central Unit (CU) or a node that does not contain a CU , The second node is an IAB node, and the third node is an IAB node or user equipment (User Equipment, UE).

本說明書實施例中的子節點和父節點是節點間的一種相對稱謂,如果以第三節點為參照,那麼第二節點即為第三節點的父節點。In the embodiment of this specification, the child node and the parent node are a relative term between nodes. If the third node is used as a reference, the second node is the parent node of the third node.

這裡以第二節點為參照,在第二節點中包含兩類單元,分別是第一類單元和第二類單元,其中,第一類單元可以為MT單元,第二類單元可以為DU單元。第二節點透過第二類單元與第三節點通訊為第三節點服務,例如,包括調度第三節點進行下行接收或上行發送。第二節點透過第一類單元執行第一節點的調度,例如,包括執行第一節點調度的下行接收或上行發送操作。IAB-MT與父節點之間的鏈路成為回傳鏈路,IAB-MT執行父節點調度的上行發送和下行接收。IAB-DU與子節點通訊,IAB-DU與子節點之間的鏈路稱為子鏈路,IAB-DU調度子節點,IAB-DU執行上行接收和下行發送,子節點執行對應的上行發送和下行接收。一個IAB節點對應一個或多個第二類單元,一個第二類單元對應一個或多個細胞。Here, taking the second node as a reference, the second node includes two types of units, namely the first type of unit and the second type of unit, where the first type of unit can be an MT unit, and the second type of unit can be a DU unit. The second node communicates with the third node through the second type unit to serve the third node, for example, including scheduling the third node to perform downlink reception or uplink transmission. The second node performs the scheduling of the first node through the first type of unit, for example, includes performing the downlink receiving or uplink sending operation scheduled by the first node. The link between the IAB-MT and the parent node becomes the backhaul link, and the IAB-MT performs the uplink transmission and downlink reception scheduled by the parent node. IAB-DU communicates with sub-nodes. The link between IAB-DU and sub-nodes is called sub-link. IAB-DU schedules sub-nodes, IAB-DU performs uplink reception and downlink transmission, and sub-nodes perform corresponding uplink transmission and Downlink reception. One IAB node corresponds to one or more second type units, and one second type unit corresponds to one or more cells.

實際布網中的跳數和節點型別存在多種組合情況,第一節點和第四節點透過一跳或多跳相連,或者,第一節點和第四節點共存於同一設備,或者,第一節點和第四節點也可以分別位於不同的設備中。第二節點接收到的信令可以來自第一節點,也可以來自第四節點。There are many combinations of the number of hops and node types in the actual network. The first node and the fourth node are connected through one or more hops, or the first node and the fourth node coexist on the same device, or the first node The fourth node and the fourth node may also be located in different devices. The signaling received by the second node may come from the first node or the fourth node.

在第三代合作夥伴計畫發佈-16(3rd Generation Partnership Project Release-16,3GPP Rel-16)協議中,IAB節點高優先順序地支援回程鏈路和接入鏈路時分多工,同時協議也前向相容支援增強多工方式,例如頻分多工(Frequency Division Multiplexing,FDM)、空分多工(Space Division Multiplexing,SDM)和全雙工(Full Duplex)。IAB的IAB-DU可以充當基站,為子節點或終端提供服務,IAB的IAB-MT單元透過回程鏈路與父節點相連。In the 3rd Generation Partnership Project Release-16 (3GPP Rel-16) protocol, IAB nodes support the backhaul link and access link time division multiplexing with high priority, and the agreement is at the same time It is also forward compatible and supports enhanced multiplexing methods, such as Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), Space Division Multiplexing (SDM), and Full Duplex (Full Duplex). IAB's IAB-DU can act as a base station to provide services for child nodes or terminals. IAB's IAB-MT unit is connected to the parent node through a backhaul link.

DU資源是IAB-DU用於服務子節點或終端的資源,例如DU的DL資源是IAB-DU為子節點或終端發送資料的資源。IAB-MT資源的幀結構可以由網路側半靜態配置,IAB-MT的幀結構還可以由父節點透過動態信令指示。IAB-DU用於下行發送的資源可能對應著IAB-MT的上行發送的資源,對於這種資源,IAB-MT和IAB-DU有機會同時執行上行發送和下行發送,即IAB-MT執行上行發送,IAB-DU執行下行發送,這種多工方式識別碼為Case A。IAB-DU單元用於上行接收的資源可能對應著IAB-MT的下行接收資源,對於這種資源,IAB-MT和IAB-DU有機會同時執行下行接收和上行接收,即IAB-MT執行下行接收,IAB-DU執行上行接收,這種多工方式識別碼為Case B。IAB-DU單元用於下行發送的資源可能對應著IAB-MT的下行接收資源,對於這種資源,IAB-MT和IAB-DU有機會同時執行下行接收和下行發送,即IAB-MT執行下行接收,IAB-DU執行下行發送,這種多工方式識別碼為Case C。IAB-DU用於上行接收的資源可能對應著IAB-MT的上行發送資源,對於這種資源,IAB-MT和IAB-DU有機會同時執行上行發送和上行接收,即IAB-MT執行上行發送,IAB-DU執行上行接收,這種多工方式識別碼為Case D。The DU resource is the resource used by the IAB-DU to serve the child node or terminal. For example, the DL resource of the DU is the resource used by the IAB-DU to send data to the child node or terminal. The frame structure of the IAB-MT resource can be semi-statically configured by the network side, and the frame structure of the IAB-MT can also be indicated by the parent node through dynamic signaling. The resources used by IAB-DU for downlink transmission may correspond to the resources for uplink transmission of IAB-MT. For this resource, IAB-MT and IAB-DU have the opportunity to perform uplink transmission and downlink transmission at the same time, that is, IAB-MT performs uplink transmission , IAB-DU performs downlink transmission, and the identification code of this multiplexing mode is Case A. The resource used by the IAB-DU unit for uplink reception may correspond to the downlink reception resource of IAB-MT. For this resource, IAB-MT and IAB-DU have the opportunity to perform downlink reception and uplink reception at the same time, that is, IAB-MT performs downlink reception , IAB-DU performs uplink reception. The identification code of this multiplexing mode is Case B. The resources used by the IAB-DU unit for downlink transmission may correspond to the downlink reception resources of IAB-MT. For this kind of resources, IAB-MT and IAB-DU have the opportunity to perform downlink reception and downlink transmission at the same time, that is, IAB-MT performs downlink reception , IAB-DU performs downlink transmission, and the identification code of this multiplexing mode is Case C. The resource used by IAB-DU for uplink reception may correspond to the uplink transmission resource of IAB-MT. For this resource, IAB-MT and IAB-DU have the opportunity to perform uplink transmission and uplink reception at the same time, that is, IAB-MT performs uplink transmission. IAB-DU performs uplink reception. The identification code of this multiplexing mode is Case D.

上述Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D同時執行兩種操作是指至少存在一定的時間區間實作IAB-DU和IAB-MT同時執行操作。例如對於Case B,一些情況IAB-MT的下行接收操作相對於IAB-DU的上行接收操作有若干時間滯後量,如圖2所示。又例如CaseA,由於定時原因IAB-MT的上行發送操作相對於IAB-DU的下行發送操作有若干時間提前量。如圖3所示。The above-mentioned Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D perform two operations at the same time means that there is at least a certain time interval to implement the IAB-DU and IAB-MT operations at the same time. For Case B, for example, in some cases, the downlink receiving operation of IAB-MT has a certain time lag relative to the uplink receiving operation of IAB-DU, as shown in Figure 2. Another example is CaseA. Due to timing reasons, the uplink transmission operation of the IAB-MT has a certain time advance relative to the downlink transmission operation of the IAB-DU. As shown in Figure 3.

也不排除一些情況或可以透過一些機制保證IAB-MT和IAB-DU的操作可以進行時間對齊。IAB-MT和IAB-DU對應的時間單位時間上對齊,仍然存在IAB-MT和IAB-DU兩者的操作部分交疊。例如,IAB-MT和IAB-DU的時間單位對齊,IAB-MT只在一個時間單位的一部分被調度和/或IAB-DU只在一個時間單位的一部分調度IAB的子節點。It is not ruled out that some situations or mechanisms can be used to ensure that the operations of IAB-MT and IAB-DU can be time aligned. The time units corresponding to the IAB-MT and the IAB-DU are aligned in time, and there is still a partial overlap between the operations of the IAB-MT and the IAB-DU. For example, the time units of IAB-MT and IAB-DU are aligned, IAB-MT is only scheduled in a part of one time unit and/or IAB-DU only schedules IAB child nodes in a part of one time unit.

IAB節點可以支援Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D的一種或多種,也可以不支援Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D的任何一種。當IAB節點支援Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D的一種或多種時,為了保證IAB節點在一個時間單位上有效地執行Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-limited中的一種或多種多工操作,IAB節點和父節點應當對一個時間單位的多工方式或潛在的多工方式有一致的理解。No-limited表示IAB節點可以不受限制地執行Case A~Case D中的任何之一或其組合。The IAB node may support one or more of Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D, or may not support any of Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. When the IAB node supports one or more of Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D, in order to ensure that the IAB node effectively executes Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, and no-limited in a time unit For one or more multiplexing operations, the IAB node and the parent node should have a consistent understanding of the multiplexing mode or potential multiplexing mode of a time unit. No-limited means that the IAB node can execute any one or a combination of Case A~Case D without restriction.

當IAB節點在一個時間單位不執行Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D的任何一種,則IAB節點在這個時間單位對應TDM的操作,表示在這個時間單位內IAB-MT和IAB-DU最多只執行一個操作。When the IAB node does not execute any of Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D in a time unit, the IAB node corresponds to the TDM operation in this time unit, which means that IAB-MT and IAB-DU are the most in this time unit Only perform one operation.

與TDM相對應的操作為no-TDM,可以是IAB節點支援Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D的一種或多種。No-TDM的操作還可以進一步指示一種或多種多工樣式。The operation corresponding to TDM is no-TDM, which can be that the IAB node supports one or more of Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. The operation of No-TDM can further indicate one or more multiplexing modes.

上述涉及到的時間單位可以包括以下至少之一:正交頻分多工(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符號、時槽、子幀、無線幀。The aforementioned time unit involved may include at least one of the following: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, time slots, subframes, and radio frames.

對於Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM,還可以進一步指示第二節點執行SDM和/或FDM的多工。例如SDM的Case A表示IAB節點可空分地執行上行發送和下行發送。For Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, the second node may be further instructed to perform SDM and/or FDM multiplexing. For example, Case A of SDM indicates that the IAB node can perform uplink transmission and downlink transmission in space division.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法,應用於第一節點,該方法流程圖如圖4a所示,該方法包括以下步驟:The embodiment of this specification provides a multiplexing operation method, which is applied to the first node. The flowchart of the method is shown in Fig. 4a, and the method includes the following steps:

S4001、將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。S4001. Instruct the first operation combination to the second node.

上述第二節點為第一節點的子節點,即第一節點將第一操作組合指示至自身的子節點,第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,其中,一個第一操作組合對應一個組合識別碼(Identification,ID)。The above-mentioned second node is a child node of the first node, that is, the first node instructs the first operation combination to its own child node. The first operation combination may include one or more time unit multiplex operations, among which, a first The operation combination corresponds to a combination identification code (Identification, ID).

示例性地,第一操作組合可以包括以下任意一個,例如,多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Exemplarily, the first operation combination may include any one of the following, for example, a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法,應用於第一節點,該方法包括第一節點將第一操作組合指示至第二節點;其中,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。透過上述方案可以實作第一節點與第二節點對多工操作組合的統一理解,從而使得第二節點可以根據第一操作組合有效地執行對應的多工操作。The embodiment of this specification provides a multiplexing operation method, which is applied to a first node, and the method includes the first node instructing a first operation combination to a second node; wherein the first operation combination includes any one of the following: a multiplexing operation combination , Multiplexing operation and frame structure combination, multiplexing operation and usability combination. Through the above solution, a unified understanding of the multiplexing operation combination of the first node and the second node can be implemented, so that the second node can effectively perform the corresponding multiplexing operation according to the first operation combination.

示例性地,在上述步驟S4001之前,也可以由第一節點配置第二節點的第一操作組合,即第一節點配置並指示第一操作組合至第二節點,該方法的流程可以如圖5所示。Exemplarily, before the above step S4001, the first node may configure the first operation combination of the second node, that is, the first node configures and instructs the first operation combination to the second node. The flow of the method may be as shown in Figure 5. Shown.

或者,在步驟S4001之前,也可以由第四節點配置第二節點的第一操作組合,由第一節點獲取第四節點配置的第一操作組合,並將第一操作組合指示至第二節點,即第一節點僅向第二節點指示第一操作組合,而不需要配置,這一實作程序的流程可以如圖6所示。Alternatively, before step S4001, the fourth node may configure the first operation combination of the second node, and the first node obtains the first operation combination configured by the fourth node, and instructs the first operation combination to the second node, That is, the first node only indicates the first operation combination to the second node without configuration. The flow of this implementation program can be shown in FIG. 6.

可選地,也可以僅由第一節點配置第一操作組合,而不需要向第二節點指示,例如,該程序可以如圖4b所示,該方法可以包括:Optionally, only the first node may configure the first operation combination without instructing the second node. For example, the procedure may be as shown in Fig. 4b, and the method may include:

S401、配置第一操作組合。S401. Configure a first operation combination.

在本說明書實施例中,第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,其中,一個第一操作組合對應一個組合識別碼(Identification,ID)。第一節點可以配置第二節點的第一操作組合,即第一節點不需要為第二節點指示第一操作組合的組合ID,第二節點與第一節點約定或預設一種第一操作組合,例如對應ID最小的組合。In the embodiment of this specification, the first operation combination may include one or more time unit multiplex operations, wherein one first operation combination corresponds to a combination identification code (Identification, ID). The first node can configure the first operation combination of the second node, that is, the first node does not need to indicate the combination ID of the first operation combination for the second node, and the second node and the first node agree or preset a first operation combination, For example, it corresponds to the combination with the smallest ID.

第二節點為第一節點的子節點。The second node is a child node of the first node.

示例性地,第一操作組合可以包括以下任意一個,例如,多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Exemplarily, the first operation combination may include any one of the following, for example, a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

可選地,上述多工操作方法也可以透過如圖5所示的方法實作,如圖5所示,該方法可以包括以下步驟:Optionally, the foregoing multiplexing operation method can also be implemented through the method shown in FIG. 5. As shown in FIG. 5, the method may include the following steps:

S501、配置第一操作組合。S501. Configure a first operation combination.

在本說明書實施例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置第一操作組合,該第一操作組合可以用於指示第二節點在對應時間單位上可執行的多工操作。例如,可以針對一個時間單位指示對應的組合ID,或者,也可以針對多個時間單位指示對應的組合ID。該第二節點為第一節點的子節點,例如,第一節點與第二節點可以為相鄰的上下級節點。In the embodiment of this specification, the first node may configure a first operation combination for the second node, and the first operation combination may be used to indicate the multiplex operation that the second node can perform in a corresponding time unit. For example, the corresponding combination ID can be indicated for one time unit, or the corresponding combination ID can also be indicated for multiple time units. The second node is a child node of the first node. For example, the first node and the second node may be adjacent upper and lower nodes.

第一節點配置的第一操作組合可以包括以下任意一個,例如,多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。The first operation combination of the first node configuration may include any one of the following, for example, a combination of multiplexing operation, a combination of multiplexing operation and frame structure, and a combination of multiplexing operation and availability.

S502、將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。S502: Instruct the first operation combination to the second node.

可選地,第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,其中,一個第一操作組合對應一個組合ID。本步驟可以理解為第一節點將第一操作組合的組合ID指示至第二節點,用於指示第二節點在對應時間單位上可執行的多工操作。例如,可以針對一個時間單位指示對應的組合ID,或者,也可以指示多個時間單位指示對應的組合ID。Optionally, the first operation combination may include one or more time unit multiplex operations, wherein one first operation combination corresponds to one combination ID. This step can be understood as that the first node indicates the combined ID of the first operation combination to the second node, which is used to indicate the multiplex operation that the second node can perform in the corresponding time unit. For example, the corresponding combination ID may be indicated for one time unit, or multiple time units may be indicated to indicate the corresponding combination ID.

即本說明書實施例與圖4b所提供的方案的區別在於,本說明書中,第一節點需要為第二節點配置並指示第一操作組合;圖4b方案中,則是第一節點直接為第二節點配置第一操作組合,而無需指示。That is, the difference between the embodiment of this specification and the solution provided in Figure 4b is that in this specification, the first node needs to be configured for the second node and indicates the first operation combination; in the solution of Figure 4b, the first node is directly the second node. The node configures the first operation combination without instructions.

可選地,本說明書實施例中的多工操作方法還可以由第一節點透過圖6所示的方法實作,如圖6所示,該方法可以包括以下步驟:Optionally, the multiplexing operation method in the embodiment of this specification can also be implemented by the first node through the method shown in FIG. 6. As shown in FIG. 6, the method may include the following steps:

S601、獲取第四節點配置的第一操作組合。S601. Acquire a first operation combination configured by the fourth node.

本說明書實施例中的第四節點可以理解為宿主節點或CU節點,即由第四節點配置第一操作組合,第一節點獲取該宿主節點配置的第一操作組合,該第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,其中,一個第一操作組合對應一個組合ID。第一操作組合為關於第二節點的第一操作組合。The fourth node in the embodiment of this specification can be understood as a host node or a CU node, that is, the fourth node configures the first operation combination, and the first node obtains the first operation combination configured by the host node. The first operation combination may include One or more time units of multiplex operations, where a first operation combination corresponds to a combination ID. The first operation combination is the first operation combination regarding the second node.

示例性地,上述第一操作組合可以包括以下任意一個,例如,多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Exemplarily, the foregoing first operation combination may include any one of the following, for example, a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

S602、將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。S602: Instruct the first operation combination to the second node.

第一節點可以將第四節點配置的第一操作組合的組合ID指示至第二節點,比如,指示針對一個時間單位的組合ID,或者,指示針對多個同時間單位的組合ID。The first node may indicate the combination ID of the first operation combination configured by the fourth node to the second node, for example, indicate a combination ID for one time unit, or indicate a combination ID for multiple same time units.

上述第二節點為第一節點的子節點,例如,第一節點與第二節點可以為相鄰的上下級節點。The foregoing second node is a child node of the first node. For example, the first node and the second node may be adjacent upper and lower nodes.

與上述兩種實作方式不同的是,圖6所示的方式為第一節點僅需要向第二節點指示第一操作組合的組合ID即可,而不需要為第二節點配置第一操作組合。Different from the above two implementation methods, the method shown in Figure 6 is that the first node only needs to indicate the combination ID of the first operation combination to the second node, instead of configuring the first operation combination for the second node. .

在一種示例中,上述多工操作組合可以指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作可以包括時分多工(Time Division Multiplexing,TDM)、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、no-limited中的任意一個。其中,多工方式一可以理解為上述Case A的情況,多工方式二可以理解為Case B的情況,多工方式三可以理解為Case C的情況,多工方式四可以理解為Case D的情況。In an example, the aforementioned combination of multiplexing operations may indicate multiplexing operations on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplexing operations may include Time Division Multiplexing (TDM), no-TDM, Any one of SDM, FDM, multiplex mode 1, multiplex mode 2, multiplex mode three, multiplex mode four, no-limited. Among them, multiplexing mode 1 can be understood as the case of Case A, multiplexing mode 2 can be understood as the case of Case B, multiplexing mode 3 can be understood as the case of Case C, and multiplexing mode 4 can be understood as the case of Case D. .

示例性地,一個多工操作組合的示意圖可以如圖7所示,其中,圖7中的多工操作1,多工操作2,……,多工操作N分別可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。例如,若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為Case A,則表示第二節點可以在這個時間單位執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的同時發送。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為Case A和Case D,則第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU可以在這個時間單位執行Case A或Case D的多工操作。Exemplarily, a schematic diagram of a combination of multiple operations can be shown in Figure 7, where multiple operations 1, multiple operations 2, ..., multiple operations N in Figure 7 can be TDM, Case A, Case A, and Case A, respectively. One or more of B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited. For example, if the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is Case A, it means that the second node can perform IAB-MT and IAB-DU simultaneous transmission in this time unit. If the multiplexing operations corresponding to a time unit are Case A and Case D, the IAB-MT and IAB-DU of the second node can perform the multiplexing operation of Case A or Case D in this time unit.

多工操作與幀結構組合可以指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure may indicate the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicate the frame structure of one or more time units of the second node.

多工操作與可用性組合可以指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。The combination of multiplexing operation and availability may indicate multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicate the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

例如,一個時間單位內的IAB-MT的幀結構包括下行(DownLink,DL)和上行(UpLink,UL),IAB-DU的幀結構包括UL和DL,IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊,IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊,若第一節點將這一時間單位對應的多工操作組合指示為Case A和Case B,則表示第二節點可以在IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊部分執行Case B多工,第二節點在IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊部分執行Case A多工。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為TDM,則表示第二節點在這個時間單位時分地執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的操作。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為no-TDM,則指示第二節點在這個時間單位可執行的操作包括以下至少之一:第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU可以不受限制地同時執行操作,第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU可以根據IAB-MT和IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向執行對應的多工操作,第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU多工操作型別需要第一節點的指示判定。For example, the frame structure of IAB-MT in a time unit includes downlink (DownLink, DL) and uplink (UpLink, UL), the frame structure of IAB-DU includes UL and DL, and the DL resources of IAB-MT and IAB-DU UL resources overlap or partially overlap, and the UL resources of IAB-MT overlap or partially overlap the DL resources of IAB-DU. If the first node indicates the multiplex operation combination corresponding to this time unit as Case A and Case B, It means that the second node can perform Case B multiplexing when the DL resource of the IAB-MT overlaps or partially overlaps the UL resource of the IAB-DU, and the UL resource of the second node overlaps the DL resource of the IAB-DU. Or partially overlap and partially perform Case A multiplexing. If the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is TDM, it means that the second node executes the IAB-MT and IAB-DU operations in this time unit time-divisionally. If the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is no-TDM, it indicates that the operations that the second node can perform in this time unit include at least one of the following: IAB-MT and IAB-DU of the second node can be simultaneously unrestricted To perform operations, the IAB-MT and IAB-DU of the second node can perform corresponding multiplexing operations according to the resource transmission direction of IAB-MT and IAB-DU. The IAB-MT and IAB-DU multiplexing operation types of the second node The first node's instruction determination is required.

例如,在一種示例中,上述步驟S502、S602中第一節點將第一操作組合指示至第二節點的實作方式可以包括,第一節點可以透過通知信令的方式將生效的第一操作組合的組合ID指示至第二節點。For example, in an example, the implementation manner in which the first node instructs the first operation combination to the second node in the foregoing steps S502 and S602 may include: the first node may notify the effective first operation combination by means of notification signaling. The combined ID of indicates to the second node.

示例性地,上述通知信令可以包括無線資源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令、媒體接入控制控制單元(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)、下行控制指示(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中的任意一個。Exemplarily, the aforementioned notification signaling may include Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, Media Access Control Control Element (MAC CE), and Downlink Control Information (DCI) Any one of them.

可選地,該DCI可以包括DCI format 2_x,或者DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0,其中,DCI format 2_x可以理解為與DCI format 2_5和DCI format 2_0不同的一種新的DCI format。Optionally, the DCI may include DCI format 2_x, or DCI format 2_5, or DCI format 2_0, where DCI format 2_x may be understood as a new DCI format different from DCI format 2_5 and DCI format 2_0.

可選地,上述DCI還可以透過第一無線網路臨時識別碼(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)交錯編碼。示例性地,當第一節點向第二節點發送經第一RNTI交錯編碼的DCI其含義為此DCI用以指示第一操作組合。Optionally, the aforementioned DCI may also be interleaved with a first radio network temporary identity (Radio Network Temporary Identity, RNTI). Exemplarily, when the first node sends the DCI interlaced coded by the first RNTI to the second node, the meaning is that the DCI is used to indicate the first operation combination.

示例性地,在第一節點透過MAC CE指示第一操作組合的組合ID的情況下,MAC CE可以包含一個指示欄位用於指示一個組合ID,該組合ID向第二節點指示生效的第一操作組合。Exemplarily, when the first node indicates the combination ID of the first operation combination through the MAC CE, the MAC CE may include an indication field for indicating a combination ID, and the combination ID indicates to the second node the first effective combination ID. Operation combination.

可選地,如上述步驟S401,針對一個時間單位,第一節點也可以僅配置第一操作組合,不需要向第二節點進行指示,其與第二節點約定或預設一種多工操作方式,例如,第一節點與第二節點約定或預設第一操作組合對應的多工操作為TDM。Optionally, as in the above step S401, for a time unit, the first node may also only configure the first operation combination, without indicating to the second node, it agrees with or presets a multiplexing operation mode with the second node, For example, the first node and the second node agree or preset that the multiplex operation corresponding to the first operation combination is TDM.

可選地,第一節點也可以不為第二節點配置第一操作組合,第一節點與第二節點約定或預設一種多工操作方式,例如,第一節點與第二節點約定或預設第一操作組合對應的多工操作為TDM。Optionally, the first node may not configure the first operation combination for the second node, and the first node and the second node agree or preset a multiplexing operation mode, for example, the first node and the second node agree or preset The multiplex operation corresponding to the first operation combination is TDM.

在一種示例中,上述配置的第一操作組合可以包含偏移量,該偏移量用於指示通知信令生效的時間偏移量,該通知信令即為用於指示第一操作組合的信令。示例性地,偏移量可以包括以下至少之一:無線幀,子幀,時槽,OFDM符號。In an example, the first operation combination configured above may include an offset, and the offset is used to indicate the time offset for the notification signaling to take effect, and the notification signaling is the information used to indicate the first operation combination. make. Exemplarily, the offset may include at least one of the following: a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, and an OFDM symbol.

可選地,第一節點為第二節點配置,和/或,指示的第一操作組合可以按照以下幾種方式指示多工操作:Optionally, the first node is configured for the second node, and/or the indicated first operation combination may indicate the multiplexing operation in the following ways:

第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位為第一操作組合的週期,即第一操作組合週期地起作用。例如,一個第一操作組合對應若干時間單位,則這若干個時間單位對應的多工操作可以週期性地生效直到第一節點再次為第二節點配置,和/或,指示第一操作組合。The one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the period of the first operation combination, that is, the first operation combination functions periodically. For example, if a first operation combination corresponds to several time units, the multiplex operations corresponding to these several time units may be periodically effective until the first node is configured for the second node again, and/or the first operation combination is indicated.

或者,第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位即為第一操作組合所指示的時間單位數目,第一操作組合僅指示對應數量的時間單位的操作組合,不需要重複起作用。Alternatively, the one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the number of time units indicated by the first operation combination, and the first operation combination only indicates the operation combination of the corresponding number of time units and does not need to be repeated.

或者,第一節點以配置或約定的方式判定第一操作組合的生效次數。即第一操作組合重複性地起作用若干次。例如,第一節點配置第一操作組合生效次數為數量1,則該第一操作組合將重複性地生效1次。Alternatively, the first node determines the number of valid times of the first operation combination in a configured or agreed manner. That is, the first operation combination works repeatedly several times. For example, if the first node configures the number of valid times of the first operation combination to be the number 1, then the first operation combination will be repeatedly valid once.

在一種示例中,上述步驟S401、S501中配置第一操作組合的實作方式可以包括但不限於以下幾種方式:In an example, the implementation manners of configuring the first operation combination in the foregoing steps S401 and S501 may include, but are not limited to, the following manners:

第一種方式,配置第二節點的第一操作組合;第二種方式,配置第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;第三種方式,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的DU細胞(DU cell)的第一操作組合;第四種方式,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。The first method is to configure the first operation combination of the second node; the second method is to configure the first operation combination of the second type of unit of the second node; the third method is to configure the second type of unit corresponding to the second node The first operation combination of the DU cell (DU cell); the fourth way is to configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node.

第二類單元對應的細胞可以為一個細胞或多個細胞,第一節點可以向第二節點的第二類單元的細胞配置一個或多個第一操作組合,一個時間單位對應的多工操作可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。The cell corresponding to the second type unit can be one cell or multiple cells. The first node can configure one or more first operation combinations to the cells of the second type unit of the second node. Multiple operations corresponding to a time unit can be It is one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited.

如圖8所示,第一節點透過高層信令為第二節點配置若干時間單位的第一操作組合。圖8中,多工操作1_1,多工操作1_2,……,多工操作1_N1是第一節點為第二節點的IAB-DU的細胞i配置的一個第一操作組合,一個時間單位對應的多工操作可以包括TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的一個或多個,N1表示第一節點為第二節點的細胞i配置的所述多工操作組合中的時間單位數目。第一節點也可以為第二節點的細胞i配置其他的多工操作,第一節點為第二節點配置的第一操作組合對應的時間單位數目可以相同,也可以不同。或者,第一節點為第二節點配置的第一操作組合對應同一時間單位的多工操作可以相同,也可以不同。例如,在一個第一操作組合中,第一節點為細胞i的時間單位1配置多工操作為Case A,在另一個第一操作組合中,第一節點為細胞i的同一個時間單位配置多工操作為TDM。As shown in Fig. 8, the first node configures a first operation combination of several time units for the second node through high-level signaling. In Figure 8, multiplex operation 1_1, multiplex operation 1_2, ..., multiplex operation 1_N1 are a first operation combination configured by the IAB-DU cell i of the IAB-DU whose first node is the second node, and a time unit corresponds to multiple operations. The work operation may include one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited. N1 represents the multiplexing configured by the first node for the cell i of the second node. The number of time units in the operation combination. The first node may also configure other multiplexing operations for the cell i of the second node, and the number of time units corresponding to the first operation combination configured by the first node for the second node may be the same or different. Alternatively, the multiplex operations corresponding to the same time unit of the first operation combination configured by the first node for the second node may be the same or different. For example, in a first operation combination, the first node configures the multiplex operation for the time unit 1 of cell i as Case A, and in another first operation combination, the first node configures multiple operations for the same time unit of cell i. The work operation is TDM.

圖8中,細胞i表示編號為i的細胞,該編號可以為全域編號,也可以為區域編號。例如,全域編號為公共陸地移動網(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)和PLMN之內的細胞編號。區域編號為物理細胞ID或者服務細胞編號或者PLMN之內的細胞編號。In Figure 8, cell i represents the cell numbered i, and the number can be a global number or a region number. For example, the global number is the public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) and the cell number within the PLMN. The area number is the physical cell ID or the service cell number or the cell number within the PLMN.

第二節點可以包括多個細胞,相應地,第一節點可以為該多個細胞分別配置一個或多個第一操作組合。或者,第一節點也可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第一操作組合,該一個或多個第一操作組合可以應用於第二節點的所有細胞。或者,第一節點可以為第二節點的一個DU配置一個或多個第一操作組合,配置的第一操作組合可以應用於第二節點的一個DU對應的所有DU cell。The second node may include multiple cells, and correspondingly, the first node may configure one or more first operation combinations for the multiple cells. Alternatively, the first node may also configure one or more first operation combinations for the second node, and the one or more first operation combinations may be applied to all cells of the second node. Alternatively, the first node may configure one or more first operation combinations for one DU of the second node, and the configured first operation combinations may be applied to all DU cells corresponding to one DU of the second node.

如圖9所示,第一節點可以向第二節點的第二類單元(IAB-DU),或者,第二節點的一個第二類單元對應的DU細胞(DU cell),或者,第二節點的第二類單元(IAB-DU)對應的細胞和第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波(IAB-MT CC)配置多個第一操作組合,每個多工操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,每個多工操作組合對應一個組合ID。As shown in Figure 9, the first node can send a message to the second node's second-type unit (IAB-DU), or a DU cell (DU cell) corresponding to a second-type unit of the second node, or the second node The cell corresponding to the second type unit (IAB-DU) and the component carrier (IAB-MT CC) corresponding to the first type unit of the second node are configured with multiple first operation combinations, and each multiplexing operation combination corresponds to one or more For multiple operations in a time unit, each multiple operation combination corresponds to a combination ID.

可選地,在第一節點透過MAC CE向第二節點指示第一操作組合的組合ID時,該組合ID對應的第一操作組合即為生效的第一操作組合。示例性地,該第一操作組合生效的方式可以包括以下方式中的至少一個:Optionally, when the first node indicates the combination ID of the first operation combination to the second node through the MAC CE, the first operation combination corresponding to the combination ID is the effective first operation combination. Exemplarily, the manner in which the first operation combination takes effect may include at least one of the following manners:

以第一操作組合對應的持續時間為週期重複生效,直至第一操作組合被更新;僅第一操作組合對應的時間單位生效,無需週期性生效;透過MAC CE通知或者第一節點和第二節點約定一個生效週期數為1,則第一操作組合生效1個週期,該週期對應第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位所對應的持續時間;週期性地生效,直至第一節點向第二節點發送新的MAC CE為止。Take the duration corresponding to the first operation combination as the cycle to take effect repeatedly, until the first operation combination is updated; only the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination takes effect, and does not need to take effect periodically; through MAC CE notification or the first node and the second node It is agreed that the number of effective cycles is 1, then the first operation combination takes effect for 1 cycle, and this cycle corresponds to the duration corresponding to one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination; it takes effect periodically until the first node reaches the first node Until the second node sends a new MAC CE.

在一種示例中,在第一節點透過DCI format 2_x向第二節點通知第一操作組合的情況下,第一節點可以透過DCI format 2_x的第一操作組合索引欄位指示一個第一操作組合。一個時間單位的多工操作可以由如下所示的表1中的索引值指示。如下所示的表1僅是示例性地描述,並不對內容進行限制。 表1 索引值 含義 索引0 TDM 索引1 Case A 索引2 Case B 索引3 Case C 索引4 Case D 索引5 Case A和Case B 索引6 Case A和Case C 索引7 Case A和Case D 索引8 Case B和Case C 索引9 Case B和Case D 索引10 Case C和Case D 索引11 Case A和Case B和Case C 索引12 Case A和Case B和Case D 索引13 Case A和Case C和Case D 索引14 Case B和Case C和Case D 索引15 Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D In an example, when the first node notifies the second node of the first operation combination through the DCI format 2_x, the first node may indicate a first operation combination through the first operation combination index field of the DCI format 2_x. The multiplexing operation of one time unit can be indicated by the index value in Table 1 as shown below. Table 1 shown below is only an exemplary description, and does not limit the content. Table 1 Index value meaning Index 0 TDM Index 1 Case A Index 2 Case B Index 3 Case C Index 4 Case D Index 5 Case A and Case B Index 6 Case A and Case C Index 7 Case A and Case D Index 8 Case B and Case C Index 9 Case B and Case D Index 10 Case C and Case D Index 11 Case A and Case B and Case C Index 12 Case A and Case B and Case D Index 13 Case A and Case C and Case D Index 14 Case B and Case C and Case D Index 15 Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D

例如,第一節點透過信令配置的一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合對應5個時間單位的多工操作,5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],組合ID為1表示該第一操作組合對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。For example, a first operation combination with a combination ID of 1 configured by the first node through signaling corresponds to 5 time units of multiplexing operations. The 5 time units of multiplexing operations are [index 0, index 1] in Table 1. , Index 2, Index 3, Index 4], a combination ID of 1 indicates that the 5 time unit multiplex operations corresponding to the first operation combination are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D, respectively.

第一節點可以透過DCI format 2_x的一個指示欄位向第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)指示組合ID。若指示欄位通知的組合ID為1,則表示第一節點向第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)指示的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。The first node can send to the second node through an indication field of DCI format 2_x, or, an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or an MT CC and DU of the second node The cell pair ({MT CC, DU cell}pair) indicates the combination ID. If the combined ID notified in the indication field is 1, it means that the first node sends to the second node, or an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or an MT of the second node The 5 time unit multiplex operations indicated by the CC and DU cell pair ({MT CC, DU cell}pair) are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D respectively.

可選地,第一節點為第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)指示的第一操作組合指示的配置資訊MultiplexingModeIndicator,包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the first node is the second node, or, an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or a pair of MT CC and DU cell of the second node ({MT CC , DU cell}pair) indicates the configuration information MultiplexingModeIndicator indicated by the first operation combination, including at least one of the following:

用於解擾實體層控制信令的ID或第一RNTI;實體層控制信令的資料淨載;潛在傳輸第一操作組合指示的搜索空間;多工指示資訊所對應的細胞索引;第一操作組合指示欄位在實體層控制信令中的位置;一個或多個第一操作組合。ID or first RNTI used to descramble the physical layer control signaling; the data payload of the physical layer control signaling; the search space for potential transmission of the first operation combination indication; the cell index corresponding to the multiplex indication information; the first operation The position of the combination indication field in the physical layer control signaling; one or more first operation combinations.

一個或多個第一操作組合包括以下至少之一:The one or more first operation combinations include at least one of the following:

一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合;第一操作組合和第一操作組合的組合ID之間的對應關係。The first operation combination of one or more time units; the corresponding relationship between the first operation combination and the combination ID of the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以透過新無線(New Radio,NR) DCI format向第二節點指示一個生效的第一操作組合。例如,第一節點透過第一RNTI交錯編碼的DCI format 2_0或DCI format 2_5指示一個生效的多工操作組合。第一節點指示的一個時間單位的多工操作透過上述表1中的索引值指示。In an example, the first node may indicate a valid first operation combination to the second node through a New Radio (NR) DCI format. For example, the first node indicates a valid multiplexing operation combination through the DCI format 2_0 or DCI format 2_5 of the first RNTI interlaced coding. The multiplex operation of one time unit indicated by the first node is indicated by the index value in Table 1 above.

例如,第一節點可以指示一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合對應5個時間單位的多工操作,這5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],組合ID為1表示該多工操作組合對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。For example, the first node can indicate that a first operation combination with a combination ID of 1 corresponds to multiple operations of 5 time units. The multiple operations of these 5 time units are [index 0, index 1, index 2. Index 3, Index 4], the combination ID is 1, which means that the 5 time unit multiplex operations corresponding to the multiplex operation combination are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D, respectively.

第一節點可以透過第一RNTI交錯編碼的DCI format 2_0或DCI format 2_5的一個指示欄位指示第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)對應的組合ID。The first node can indicate the second node through an indication field of the DCI format 2_0 or DCI format 2_5 of the first RNTI interlaced coding, or an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or , A combination ID corresponding to a pair of MT CC and DU cell ({MT CC, DU cell} pair) of the second node.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以向第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)配置一個或多個第一操作組合。第一節點可以透過NR的一個DCI format向第二節點指示一個生效的第一操作組合。In an example, the first node can send to the second node, or, an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or a pair of MT CC and DU cell of the second node ({ MT CC, DU cell}pair) configure one or more first operation combinations. The first node may indicate a valid first operation combination to the second node through a DCI format of NR.

例如,第一節點透過DCI指示一個第一操作組合的組合ID,或者,第一節點透過DCI format 2_5的一個欄位指示一個組合ID,該NR的DCI format 2_5用於指示DU的軟資源的可用性。示例性地,NR中一個時槽內的軟資源的可用性對應表2(對應3GPP 技術規範38213-g20(Technical Specification38213-g2,TS38213-g20)的表14-3)的8種狀態。 表2 索引值 含義 0 沒有軟資源的可用性指示 1 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 2 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 3 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 4 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示 5 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示 6 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示 7 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用 For example, the first node indicates a combination ID of a first operation combination through DCI, or the first node indicates a combination ID through a field of DCI format 2_5. The DCI format 2_5 of the NR is used to indicate the availability of soft resources of the DU. . Exemplarily, the availability of soft resources in a time slot in NR corresponds to the 8 states in Table 2 (corresponding to Table 14-3 of 3GPP Technical Specification 38213-g20 (Technical Specification38213-g2, TS38213-g20)). Table 2 Index value meaning 0 No indication of the availability of soft resources 1 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication 2 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication 3 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources 4 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for uplink and downlink soft resources 5 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and uplink soft resources have no availability indication 6 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication 7 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available

例如,一個組合ID為1的軟資源可用性指示對應5個時間單位的可用性,分別對應表2中的[0,1,2,3,4],對應指示5個時間單位的軟資源可用性分別為未指定可用性、下行軟資源被指示為可用且上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、上行軟資源被指示為可用且下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用且彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、彈性軟資源被指示為可用且上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示。一個組合ID為1的多工操作組合指示對應5個時間單位的多工操作,分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],對應指示5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。即第一節點向第二節點發送一個DCI format 2_5,以指示第二節點的軟資源可用性和多工操作組合。For example, a soft resource availability indicator with a combination ID of 1 corresponds to the availability of 5 time units, respectively corresponding to [0, 1, 2, 3, 4] in Table 2, and the corresponding soft resource availability indicators for the 5 time units are respectively Availability is not specified, downlink soft resources are indicated as available and uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, uplink soft resources are indicated as available and downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available and flexible soft resources There is no indication of resource availability, the flexible soft resource is indicated as available, and the uplink and downlink soft resources have no indication of availability. A multiplex operation combination with a combination ID of 1 indicates the multiplex operations corresponding to 5 time units, which are [index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4] in Table 1, corresponding to 5 time units The multiplex operations are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. That is, the first node sends a DCI format 2_5 to the second node to indicate the soft resource availability and multiplexing operation combination of the second node.

在一種示例中,第一節點採用NR的DCI format向第二節點通知一個組合ID時,也可以透過DCI format 2_0向第二節點指示一個生效的第一操作組合。In an example, when the first node uses the DCI format of NR to notify the second node of a combination ID, it can also indicate a valid first operation combination to the second node through the DCI format 2_0.

NR中用於指示時槽的幀結構的表格有256種狀態,其中的98種狀態(對應3GPP表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態)為已定義的時槽幀結構圖樣,剩餘158個狀態為預留狀態。可以從這剩餘的158個狀態中挑選若干狀態對應表1中的若干項用於指示對應時間單位的多工操作。The table used to indicate the frame structure of the time slot in NR has 256 states, of which 98 states (corresponding to the 57 states in 3GPP Table 11.1.1-1 and 41 states in Table 14-2) are defined times Slot frame structure pattern, the remaining 158 states are reserved. Several items in the corresponding table 1 can be selected from the remaining 158 states to indicate the multiplex operation of the corresponding time unit.

例如,一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合指示對應5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],表示該第一操作組合對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。第一節點透過DCI 2-0向第二節點指示組合ID,若多工操作組合指示的組合ID為1,則表示第一節點通知第二節點的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。一個組合ID為1的幀結構指示對應5個時槽的幀結構分別對應表3(對應3GPP TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1)中的[0,1,2,3,0],即該組合ID為1表示5個時槽的幀結構分別為全下行、全上行、全彈性和前13個OFDM為下行最後一個OFDM符號為彈性、全下行。 表3 格式 時槽內的OFDM符號索引 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 1 U U U U U U U U U U U U U U 2 F F F F F F F F F F F F F F 3 D D D D D D D D D D D D D F …… 54 F F F F F F F D D D D D D D 55 D D F F F U U U D D D D D D 56 – 254 保留 255 終端依據半靜態或動態的調度判定時槽內符號的方向 For example, a first operation combination with a combination ID of 1 indicates that the multiple operations corresponding to 5 time units are [index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4] in Table 1, indicating the first operation The multiplex operations corresponding to the combination of 5 time units are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. The first node indicates the combination ID to the second node through DCI 2-0. If the combination ID indicated by the multiplex operation combination is 1, it means that the first node informs the second node that the 5 time units of multiplex operations are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D. A frame structure with a combination ID of 1 indicates that the frame structure corresponding to the 5 time slots corresponds to [0, 1, 2, 3, 0] in Table 3 (corresponding to 3GPP TS38213-g20 Table 11.1.1-1), that is, the A combination ID of 1 indicates that the frame structure of 5 time slots is full downlink, full uplink, and full flexibility, and the first 13 OFDM symbols are downlink, and the last OFDM symbol is flexible and full downlink. table 3 Format OFDM symbol index in time slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 0 D D D D D D D D D D D D D D 1 U U U U U U U U U U U U U U 2 F F F F F F F F F F F F F F 3 D D D D D D D D D D D D D F ... 54 F F F F F F F D D D D D D D 55 D D F F F U U U D D D D D D 56 – 254 Reserve 255 The terminal determines the direction of the symbols in the time slot according to semi-static or dynamic scheduling

示例性地,第一節點向第二節點發送的DCI format 2_0指示的索引值為1表示4個時槽的幀結構分別為全下行、全上行、全彈性和前13個OFDM為下行最後一個OFDM符號為彈性。第一節點向第二節點發送的DCI format 2_0指示的索引值為1,還可以指示5個時間單位的第一操作組合分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D;或者,一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合指示對應5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4]所對應含義的多工操作。即第一節點向第二節點發送一個DCI format 2_0,可以指示第二節點的幀結構和多工操作組合。Exemplarily, the index value indicated by the DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node to the second node is 1 indicating that the frame structure of the 4 time slots is full downlink, full uplink, full flexibility, and the first 13 OFDM is the last downlink OFDM. The symbol is elastic. The index value indicated by the DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node to the second node is 1, and it can also indicate that the first operation combinations of 5 time units are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D; or one The first operation combination with the combination ID of 1 indicates that the multiplexing operations corresponding to the 5 time units are the multiplexing operations corresponding to the meanings of [index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4] in Table 1. That is, the first node sends a DCI format 2_0 to the second node, which can indicate the frame structure and multiplexing operation combination of the second node.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置第一組合、第二組合和第三組合。示例性地,第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第一組合,該第一組合可以為可用性組合,其可以對應一個索引。同樣地,第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第二組合,或者為第二節點配置一個或多個第三組合。其中,第二組合可以為多工操作組合,一個第二組合可以對應一個索引,第三組合可以對應一個第一組合索引和一個第二組合索引。第一組合索引和第二組合索引的值可以相同,也可以不同。In an example, the first node may configure the first combination, the second combination, and the third combination for the second node. Exemplarily, the first node may configure one or more first combinations for the second node, and the first combination may be an availability combination, which may correspond to an index. Similarly, the first node may configure one or more second combinations for the second node, or configure one or more third combinations for the second node. Among them, the second combination may be a combination of multiple operations, a second combination may correspond to one index, and the third combination may correspond to a first combination index and a second combination index. The values of the first combination index and the second combination index may be the same or different.

例如,第一節點為第二節點配置一個第一組合,其索引值為索引1,表示一個或多個時間單位的可用性指示。第一節點為第二節點配置一個第二組合,其索引值為索引2,表示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作組合。第一節點為第二節點配置一個第三組合,其索引值為索引3,表示對應索引1的可用性組合和索引2的多工操作組合。當第一節點通知或指示索引為3的第三組合時,即表示指示第二節點按照索引3的第三組合判定索引1的第一組合對應的一個或多個時間單位的可用性組合,以及判定索引2的第二組合對應的一個或多個時間單位的多工操作組合。For example, the first node configures a first combination for the second node, and its index value is index 1, which represents the availability indication of one or more time units. The first node configures a second combination for the second node, and its index value is index 2, which represents a combination of multiple operations in one or more time units. The first node configures a third combination for the second node, and its index value is index 3, which represents the availability combination of index 1 and the multiplexing operation combination of index 2. When the first node informs or indicates the third combination of index 3, it means that the second node is instructed to determine the availability combination of one or more time units corresponding to the first combination of index 1 according to the third combination of index 3, and determine The second combination of index 2 corresponds to the multiplex operation combination of one or more time units.

示例性地,第一節點可以向第二節點發送一個實體層信令以指示第三組合索引,該實體層信令可以包括一個指示欄位,透過該指示欄位指示一個第三組合索引。該第三組合索引對應一個第一組合索引和一個第二組合索引,第一組合索引可以指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的軟資源可用性組合,第二組合索引可以指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的多工操作組合。Exemplarily, the first node may send a physical layer signaling to the second node to indicate the third combined index, and the physical layer signaling may include an indication field through which a third combined index is indicated. The third combined index corresponds to a first combined index and a second combined index. The first combined index may indicate one or more time unit soft resource availability combinations of the second node, and the second combined index may indicate the second node's soft resource availability combination. A combination of multiple operations with one or more time units.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置TDM和no-TDM的時域分佈,示例性地,第二節點的TDM和no-TDM時域分佈可以如圖10所示。第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell,或者,第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)可以對應一個或多個可用性和多工操作組合,該可用性和多工操作組合中的一個組合對應0個或若干時間單位的可用性,以及0個或一定數量時間單位的多工操作。In an example, the first node may configure the time domain distribution of TDM and no-TDM for the second node. Illustratively, the time domain distribution of TDM and no-TDM of the second node may be as shown in FIG. 10. The second node, or an IAB-DU of the second node, or a DU cell of the second node, or a pair of MT CC and DU cell ({MT CC, DU cell} pair) of the second node may correspond to One or more combinations of availability and multiple operations, and one combination of the combination of availability and multiple operations corresponds to the availability of 0 or several time units, and the multiple operations of 0 or a certain number of time units.

可選地,第一節點可以透過NR已有的DCI format為第二節點指示一個生效的第一操作組合的組合ID。例如,在NR中,第一節點可以透過DCI format 2_5指示IAB-DU的軟資源的可用性。Optionally, the first node may indicate to the second node an effective combination ID of the first operation combination through the existing DCI format of NR. For example, in NR, the first node can indicate the availability of soft resources of IAB-DU through DCI format 2_5.

示例性地,在DCI包括DCI format 2_5的情況下,上述組合ID可以用於指示TDM對應時間單位的可用性,或者,組合ID指示no-TDM對應時間單位的多工操作,或者,組合ID指示對應時間單位的多工操作和可用性。Exemplarily, in the case that DCI includes DCI format 2_5, the above-mentioned combination ID may be used to indicate the availability of the time unit corresponding to TDM, or the combination ID indicates the multiplexing operation of the no-TDM corresponding time unit, or the combination ID indicates the corresponding Multiplex operation and availability of time units.

如圖11所示,第一節點可以透過信令配置對應TDM和no-TDM的時間單位的一個或多個組合,每個組合對應一個組合ID。圖11中示出了多個組合ID,每個組合ID可以對應一個或多個時間單位。若時間單位對應TDM,則組合ID中對應的時間單位的指示內容為可用性指示,該可用性指示可以為表2的其中一項;若時間單位對應no-TDM,則組合ID中對應的時間單位的指示內容為多工操作組合指示,該多工操作組合可以為表1中的一項。其中,指示多工操作組合的時間單位的顆粒度(granularity)和指示可用性的時間單位的顆粒度可以相同,也可以不同。As shown in Figure 11, the first node can configure one or more combinations of time units corresponding to TDM and no-TDM through signaling, and each combination corresponds to a combination ID. FIG. 11 shows multiple combination IDs, and each combination ID can correspond to one or more time units. If the time unit corresponds to TDM, the indication content of the corresponding time unit in the combination ID is an availability indicator, which can be one of the items in Table 2; if the time unit corresponds to no-TDM, the corresponding time unit in the combination ID The instruction content is a multi-task operation combination instruction, and the multi-task operation combination can be one of the items in Table 1. Wherein, the granularity of the time unit indicating the multiplexing operation combination and the granularity of the time unit indicating the availability may be the same or different.

例如,第一節點按照無線幀為顆粒度,配置了若干無線幀為TDM,若干無線幀為非TDM,以時槽為顆粒度指示可用性,以無線幀為顆粒度指示多工操作。若圖11中的一個時間單位為一個無線幀,那麼當子載波間隔為15kHz時,一個無線幀由10個時槽組成,時間單位2的可用性指示可以透過表2中的10個表項分別指示10個時槽的可用性。時間單位1的多工操作組合指示透過表1中的1個表項指示一個無線幀的多工操作組合。或者,若時間單位1的多工操作指示以時槽為顆粒度指示,子載波間隔為15kHz時,一個無線幀由10個時槽組成,那麼時間單位1的多工操作指示可以透過表1中的10個表項分別指示10個時槽對應的多工操作組合。For example, according to the granularity of radio frames, the first node configures several radio frames as TDM and several radio frames as non-TDM. The granularity of time slots is used to indicate availability, and the granularity of radio frames is used to indicate multiplex operation. If a time unit in Figure 11 is a radio frame, then when the subcarrier interval is 15kHz, a radio frame consists of 10 time slots, and the availability indication of time unit 2 can be indicated separately through the 10 entries in Table 2. Availability of 10 time slots. The multiplexing operation combination indication of time unit 1 indicates the multiplexing operation combination of a wireless frame through one entry in Table 1. Or, if the multiplex operation instruction of time unit 1 uses the time slot as the granularity indicator, and when the subcarrier interval is 15kHz, a radio frame consists of 10 time slots, then the multiplex operation instruction of time unit 1 can be seen in Table 1. The 10 entries in, respectively indicate the multiple operation combinations corresponding to the 10 time slots.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以透過NR的DCI format為第二節點指示一個生效的第一操作組合的組合ID。例如,第一節點可以透過DCI format 2_0為第二節點指示生效的第一操作組合。示例性地,在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為F單元,則組合ID指示時間單位的幀結構,或者,若第一類單元的時間單位為UL單元或DL單元,則組合ID指示時間單位的多工操作。即當第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位被半靜態地配置為UL或DL時,DCI format 2_0的幀結構指示不能改變這些位置的UL或DL,第一節點用DCI format 2_0指示該時間單位的多工操作。In an example, the first node may indicate to the second node an effective combination ID of the first operation combination through the DCI format of NR. For example, the first node may indicate the effective first operation combination for the second node through DCI format 2_0. Exemplarily, when the DCI includes DCI format 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit is an F unit, the combination ID indicates the frame structure of the time unit, or if the time unit of the first type unit is a UL unit or DL unit, the combination ID indicates the multiplex operation of the time unit. That is, when the time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is semi-statically configured as UL or DL, the frame structure of DCI format 2_0 indicates that the UL or DL of these positions cannot be changed, and the first node uses DCI format 2_0 to indicate the time unit Multitasking operation.

NR中用於指示時槽的幀結構的表格有256種狀態,其中的98種狀態(對應3GPP的TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態)為已定義的時槽幀結構圖樣,剩餘158個狀態為預留狀態。從這剩餘的158個狀態中挑選若干狀態用於指示表1對應的若干多工操作指示。The table used to indicate the frame structure of the time slot in NR has 256 states, of which 98 states (corresponding to the 57 states in Table 11.1.1-1 of 3GPP TS38213-g20 and 41 states in Table 14-2) are The time slot frame structure pattern has been defined, and the remaining 158 states are reserved states. Select several states from the remaining 158 states to indicate the multiple operation instructions corresponding to Table 1.

例如,配置的第二節點的IAB-MT的幀結構如圖12所示。其中,第二節點的5個時間單位中的4個時間單位的傳輸方向是明確的,一個時間單位的傳輸方向是彈性可變的,即為F單元。第1個時間單位和第2個時間單位為DL,第二節點的IAB-MT在這些時間單位可執行下行接收;第4個時間單位和第5個時間單位為UL,第二節點的IAB-MT在這些時間單位可執行上行發送;第3個時間單位為F,第二節點的IAB-MT在這個時間單位上的操作是彈性的,其傳輸方向可以根據半靜態傳輸配置或動態調度或動態指示判定。For example, the frame structure of the configured IAB-MT of the second node is shown in Figure 12. Among them, the transmission direction of 4 time units of the 5 time units of the second node is clear, and the transmission direction of one time unit is flexible and variable, that is, the F unit. The first time unit and the second time unit are DL, and the IAB-MT of the second node can perform downlink reception in these time units; the fourth time unit and the fifth time unit are UL, and the IAB-MT of the second node MT can perform uplink transmission in these time units; the third time unit is F, the operation of the second node's IAB-MT in this time unit is flexible, and its transmission direction can be based on semi-static transmission configuration or dynamic scheduling or dynamic Indicates judgment.

對於傳輸方向判定的時間單位,DCI format 2_0的幀結構指示可以認為是無效的。另外,對於IAB-MT的時間單位為F型別的資源,第二節點根據DCI format 2_0指示的組合判定此資源的傳輸方向。For the time unit of the transmission direction determination, the frame structure indication of DCI format 2_0 can be considered invalid. In addition, for resources of type F in the time unit of the IAB-MT, the second node determines the transmission direction of this resource according to the combination indicated by the DCI format 2_0.

第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個組合,該組合可以用於指示幀結構方向判定的時間單位的多工操作,或者,指示幀結構為F的時間單位的幀結構或傳輸方向。其中,幀結構對應3GPP的TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態,一個狀態指示一個時槽的幀結構,一個時間單位的多工操作對應剩餘的158個狀態中的若干個狀態,其中索引範圍為TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1中97~254,,其中索引0~索引15為TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1中97~254範圍內的16個索引,狀態0~狀態15為表1中的16個索引對應的含義,即對應表1所示的16種多工操作。The first node may configure one or more combinations for the second node, and the combination may be used to indicate the multiplexing operation of the time unit determined by the frame structure direction, or indicate the frame structure or the transmission direction of the time unit of the frame structure F. Among them, the frame structure corresponds to the 57 states in Table 11.1.1-1 of 3GPP TS38213-g20 and the 41 states in Table 14-2. One state indicates the frame structure of one time slot, and the multiplexing operation of one time unit corresponds to the remaining Several of the 158 states, the index range is 97~254 in TS38213-g20 table 11.1.1-1, and index 0~index 15 are in the range 97~254 in TS38213-g20 table 11.1.1-1 The 16 indexes of, state 0~state 15 are the meanings corresponding to the 16 indexes in Table 1, which correspond to the 16 multiplex operations shown in Table 1.

對於圖12中的IAB-MT幀結構配置,第二節點可以按照表1指示的第一操作組合進行多工操作。比如,第一節點為第二節點配置的組合ID為1的多工操作組合和幀結構組合為[索引2 索引2 幀結構索引1 索引1 索引1],其中,索引1對應表1中索引1對應的含義,索引2對應表1中索引2對應的含義,幀結構索引1對應TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1中0~55和255及表14-2中56~96範圍內的索引。For the IAB-MT frame structure configuration in FIG. 12, the second node can perform multiplexing operations according to the first operation combination indicated in Table 1. For example, the multiplex operation combination and frame structure combination with a combination ID of 1 configured by the first node for the second node is [index 2 index 2 frame structure index 1 index 1 index 1], where index 1 corresponds to index 1 in Table 1. Corresponding meaning, index 2 corresponds to the meaning of index 2 in Table 1, and frame structure index 1 corresponds to the indexes in the range of 0~55 and 255 in Table 11.1.1-1 of TS38213-g20 and 56~96 in Table 14-2.

若第一節點向第二節點發送指示ID為1的DCI format 2_0,即表示第一節點指示第二節點,對於第一個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case A的多工;對於第二個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case A的多工;對於第三個時間單位,F型別的資源被指示為幀結構索引1所對應的幀結構;對於第四個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case B的多工;對於第五個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case B的多工。If the first node sends the DCI format 2_0 indicating the ID of 1 to the second node, it means that the first node indicates the second node. For the first time unit, the second node can perform Case A multiplexing; for the second For the time unit, the second node can perform the multiplexing of Case A; for the third time unit, the resource of type F is indicated as the frame structure corresponding to frame structure index 1; for the fourth time unit, the second node can Perform Case B multiplexing; for the fifth time unit, the second node can perform Case B multiplexing.

對應圖12中的IAB-MT幀結構配置,第二節點可以按照表4指示的第一操作組合進行多工操作。例如,第一節點為第二節點配置組合ID為1的多工操作組合和幀結構組合為[索引17 索引17 幀結構索引1 索引57 索引57]。Corresponding to the IAB-MT frame structure configuration in FIG. 12, the second node can perform multiplexing operations according to the first operation combination indicated in Table 4. For example, the first node configures the multiplex operation combination and frame structure combination with a combination ID of 1 for the second node as [index 17 index 17 frame structure index 1 index 57 index 57].

若第一節點向第二節點發送指示ID為1的DCI format 2_0,即表示第一節點指示第二節點,對於第一個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case B的多工;對於第二個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case B的多工;對於第三個時間單位,F型別的資源被指示為幀結構索引1所對應的幀結構;對於第四個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case A和Case D的多工;對於第五個時間單位,第二節點可執行Case A和Case D的多工。 表4 索引值 含義 索引 含義 0 沒有軟資源的可用性指示 新增索引61 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 1 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引62 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 2 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引63 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 3 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引64 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case D 4 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引65 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 5 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引66 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 6 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示 新增索引67 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 7 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用 新增索引68 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 新增索引1 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且TDM 新增索引69 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 新增索引2 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引70 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 新增索引3 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引71 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C 新增索引4 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引72 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case B和Case C 新增索引5 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引73 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引6 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引74 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引7 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且TDM 新增索引75 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引8 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且TDM 新增索引76 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引9 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且Case A 新增索引77 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引10 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引78 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引11 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引79 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case D 新增索引12 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引80 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case B和Case D 新增索引13 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引81 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引14 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引82 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引15 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A 新增索引83 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引16 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A 新增索引84 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引17 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且Case B 新增索引85 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引18 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引86 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引19 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引87 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C和Case D 新增索引20 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引88 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case C和Case D 新增索引21 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引89 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引22 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引90 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引23 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B 新增索引91 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引24 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case B 新增索引92 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引25 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且Case C 新增索引93 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引26 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引94 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引27 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引95 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引28 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引96 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case B和Case C 新增索引29 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引97 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引30 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引98 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引31 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case C 新增索引99 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引32 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case C 新增索引100 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引33 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且Case D 新增索引101 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引34 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引102 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引35 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引103 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引36 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引104 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case B和Case D 新增索引37 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引105 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引38 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引106 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引39 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case D 新增索引107 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引40 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case D 新增索引108 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引41 沒有軟資源的可用性指示, 且Case A和Case B 新增索引109 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引42 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引110 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引43 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引111 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引44 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引112 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case C和Case D 新增索引45 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引113 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引46 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引114 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引47 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B 新增索引115 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引48 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case B 新增索引116 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引49 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引117 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引50 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引118 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引51 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引119 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引52 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引120 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引53 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引121 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引54 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引122 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引55 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case C 新增索引123 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引56 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case C 新增索引124 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引57 沒有軟資源的可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 新增索引125 彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引58 下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 新增索引126 下行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,上行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引59 上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 新增索引127 上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,下行軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D 新增索引60 下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用,彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示,且Case A和Case D 新增索引128 下行、上行和彈性軟資源被指示為可用,且Case A和Case B和Case C和Case D If the first node sends the DCI format 2_0 indicating the ID of 1 to the second node, it means that the first node indicates the second node. For the first time unit, the second node can perform Case B multiplexing; for the second For the time unit, the second node can perform the multiplexing of Case B; for the third time unit, the resource of type F is indicated as the frame structure corresponding to frame structure index 1; for the fourth time unit, the second node can Execute the multiplexing of Case A and Case D; for the fifth time unit, the second node can execute the multiplexing of Case A and Case D. Table 4 Index value meaning index meaning 0 No indication of the availability of soft resources New index 61 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case D 1 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication New index 62 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case D 2 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication New index 63 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case D 3 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources Add index 64 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case D 4 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for uplink and downlink soft resources New index 65 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case B and Case C 5 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and uplink soft resources have no availability indication New index 66 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case C 6 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication New index 67 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case C 7 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available New index 68 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case B and Case C Add index 1 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and TDM New index 69 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case C New index 2 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 70 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case C New index 3 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 71 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case C New index 4 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 72 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case B and Case C New index 5 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 73 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case B and Case D New index 6 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 74 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 7 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and TDM New index 75 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 8 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and TDM New index 76 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 9 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A New index 77 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 10 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A New index 78 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 11 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A New index 79 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B and Case D New index 12 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A New index 80 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case B and Case D New index 13 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A New index 81 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case C and Case D New index 14 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A New index 82 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C and Case D Add index 15 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for downlink soft resources, and Case A New index 83 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C and Case D New index 16 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A New index 84 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case C and Case D New index 17 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case B New index 85 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C and Case D Add index 18 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B New index 86 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C and Case D New index 19 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B New index 87 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C and Case D Add index 20 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B New index 88 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case C and Case D New index 21 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B New index 89 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 22 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B Add index 90 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 23 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for downlink soft resources, and Case B New index 91 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C Add index 24 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case B New index 92 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C Add index 25 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case C New index 93 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 26 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C New index 94 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 27 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C New index 95 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for downlink soft resources, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 28 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C Add index 96 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case B and Case C New index 29 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C New index 97 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case B and Case D Add index 30 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C New index 98 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 31 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case C Add index 99 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 32 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case C Add index 100 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, and there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 33 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case D Add index 101 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 34 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D Add index 102 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 35 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D Add index 103 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 36 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D New index 104 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case B and Case D New index 37 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D Add index 105 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case C and Case D New index 38 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D Add index 106 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C and Case D New index 39 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case D New index 107 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C and Case D Add index 40 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case D New index 108 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C and Case D New index 41 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case B New index 109 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A, Case C and Case D New index 42 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B New index 110 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C and Case D New index 43 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B Add index 111 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A, Case C and Case D New index 44 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case A and Case B Add index 112 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case C and Case D New index 45 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B Add index 113 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 46 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B Add index 114 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B, Case C and Case D Add index 47 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B New index 115 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B, Case C and Case D New index 48 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case B New index 116 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case B, Case C and Case D New index 49 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case C New index 117 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, Case B and Case C and Case D Add index 50 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C Add index 118 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and uplink soft resources have no availability indication, Case B and Case C and Case D New index 51 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C New index 119 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, Case B and Case C and Case D Add index 52 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case A and Case C Add index 120 Downlink, uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, Case B and Case C and Case D Add index 53 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C New index 121 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 54 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C Add index 122 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D Add index 55 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case C Add index 123 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D Add index 56 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case C Add index 124 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 57 There is no indication of the availability of soft resources, and Case A and Case D Add index 125 Flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 58 Downlink soft resources are indicated as available, uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case D Add index 126 Downlink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, uplink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 59 Uplink soft resources are indicated as available, downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case D Add index 127 Uplink and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and downlink soft resources have no availability indication, and Case A and Case B and Case C and Case D New index 60 Downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available, but there is no availability indication for flexible soft resources, and Case A and Case D Add index 128 Downlink, uplink, and flexible soft resources are indicated as available, and Case A and Case B, Case C and Case D

上述表4可以是新定義的表格,也可以是在表2中增加指示可用性和多工操作的表項,例如,增加表2中可用性的8個狀態和表1中多工操作的16個狀態的結合,增加的表項索引即為上述新增索引1~新增索引128。The above table 4 can be a newly defined table, or it can be added to Table 2 to indicate availability and multiplexing operation, for example, adding 8 states of availability in Table 2 and 16 states of multiplexing operation in Table 1 The added table item index is the above-mentioned new index 1~new index 128.

上述表4僅是示例性的描述,並不對表中的內容進行限制。例如,表4也可以採用上述表4中的部分行。The above Table 4 is only an exemplary description, and does not limit the content in the table. For example, Table 4 can also use some rows in Table 4 above.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個組合,一個組合對應一個或多個時間單位的可用性和多工操作,其中,一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作可以為表4中的任一項。In an example, the first node can configure one or more combinations for the second node, and one combination corresponds to the availability and multiplexing operations of one or more time units, where the availability and multiplexing operations of one time unit can be a table Any one of 4.

示例性地,第一節點也可以為第二節點配置一個或多個時間單位的組合,當索引值為0~7中之一時,該索引可以指示一個時間單位的可用性,當索引值為新增索引1~新增索引128中之一時,可以指示一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作。Exemplarily, the first node may also configure one or more time unit combinations for the second node. When the index value is one of 0-7, the index may indicate the availability of a time unit. When the index value is newly added When one of index 1 to index 128 is newly added, it can indicate the availability and multi-tasking operation of a unit of time.

例如,第一節點為第二節點配置組合ID為1,該組合對應4個時間單位的索引對應表4中的[7,新增索引9,新增索引10,新增索引11],其表示4個時間單位的第1個時間單位的UL/DL/F軟資源為可用,第2個時間單沒有軟資源的可用性指示且多工操作為Case A,第3個時間單位下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示且多工操作為Case A,第4個時間單位上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示且多工操作為Case A。For example, the first node configures the second node with a combination ID of 1, and the combination corresponds to the index of 4 time units corresponding to [7, new index 9, new index 10, new index 11] in Table 4, which means The UL/DL/F soft resource of the first time unit of 4 time units is available, the second time sheet has no soft resource availability indication and the multiplex operation is Case A, and the third time unit downlink soft resource is indicated To be available, the uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication and the multiplex operation is Case A, the fourth time unit uplink soft resources are indicated as available, the downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication and the multiplex operation is Case A.

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。In an example, when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the unit of the first type of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication; When the transmission direction indicated by an operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the second type unit of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication.

例如,第一節點為第二節點配置或指示一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,若該第一操作組合對應時間單位的多工操作與第二節點的對應時間單位的IAB-MT,和/或,IAB-DU資源的半靜態傳輸方向不一致,則第一節點配置或指示的對應時間單位的第一操作組合指示的多工操作為無效配置或無效指示。For example, the first node configures or indicates the first operation combination of one or more time units for the second node. If the first operation combination corresponds to the multiplex operation of the time unit and the IAB-MT of the second node corresponding to the time unit, And/or, if the semi-static transmission directions of the IAB-DU resources are inconsistent, the multiplexing operation indicated by the first operation combination corresponding to the time unit configured or indicated by the first node is an invalid configuration or an invalid indication.

示例性地,第二節點的IAB-MT的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL DL DL F UL],若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL F UL UL UL]。對於第3個時間單位,IAB-MT可執行的操作為下行接收,IAB-DU可執行的操作為上行接收,也即第3個時間單位可以執行的操作為Case B的多工,當第一節點為第二節點配置或指示的第3個時間單位為Case C的多工操作,即指示IAB-MT執行下行接收,IAB-DU執行下行發送,那麼第一節點為第二節點配置或指示的第3時間單位的多工操作為無效配置或指示。Exemplarily, the frame structure of 5 time units of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as [DL DL DL F UL], if the frame structure of 5 time units corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as [DL F UL UL UL]. For the third time unit, the operation that IAB-MT can perform is downlink reception, and the operation that IAB-DU can perform is uplink reception, that is, the operation that can be performed in the third time unit is Case B's multiplexing. The third time unit configured or instructed by the node for the second node is the multiplexing operation of Case C, that is, instructing IAB-MT to perform downlink reception and IAB-DU to perform downlink transmission, then the first node is configured or instructed by the second node The multiplexing operation of the third time unit is an invalid configuration or instruction.

在一種示例中,第一節點為第二節點配置或指示一個組合ID,該組合ID對應一個時間單位的多工操作。若該多工操作對應的一個時間單位的多工操作與第二節點的這一時間單位的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU資源的半靜態傳輸方向(或動態傳輸方向)不一致,則第一節點配置和/或指示的多工操作改變該時間單位的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向。In an example, the first node configures or indicates a combined ID for the second node, and the combined ID corresponds to a multiplex operation in a time unit. If the multiplexing operation of a time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation is inconsistent with the semi-static transmission direction (or dynamic transmission direction) of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU resources of this time unit of the second node, the first The node configuration and/or the instructed multiplexing operation changes the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU of the time unit.

示例性地,第二節點的IAB-MT的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL DL DL F UL],第二節點的IAB-DU的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL F UL UL UL]。對於第3個時間單位,IAB-MT可執行的操作為下行接收,IAB-DU可執行的操作為上行接收,也即第3個時間單位可以執行的操作為Case B的多工,當第一節點為第二節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合所對應的第3個時間單位為Case C的多工操作,即指示IAB-MT執行下行接收,IAB-DU執行下行發送,那麼基於第一操作組合對應的Case C的多工操作將第3個時間單位對應的IAB-DU的傳輸方向更改為DL。Exemplarily, the frame structure of 5 time units of IAB-MT of the second node is configured as [DL DL DL F UL], and the frame structure of 5 time units of IAB-DU of the second node is configured as [DL F UL UL UL]. For the third time unit, the operation that IAB-MT can perform is downlink reception, and the operation that IAB-DU can perform is uplink reception, that is, the operation that can be performed in the third time unit is Case B's multiplexing. The third time unit corresponding to the first operation combination configured and/or instructed by the node for the second node is the multiplexing operation of Case C, that is, instructing IAB-MT to perform downlink reception and IAB-DU to perform downlink transmission. The multiplexing operation of Case C corresponding to an operation combination changes the transmission direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the third time unit to DL.

在一種示例中,第一節點為第二節點配置或指示一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,若該組合對應的第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,則第一節點配置或指示該時間單位的多工操作和IAB-MT的傳輸方向。In an example, the first node configures or indicates the first operation combination of one or more time units for the second node, and if the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT time unit of the second node corresponding to the combination is F, then The first node configures or instructs the multiplexing operation of the time unit and the transmission direction of the IAB-MT.

示例性地,假設第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為F,若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的時間單位的幀結構配置為UL。對於該時間單位,IAB-MT的操作為彈性,IAB-DU的操作為上行接收。若第一節點為第二節點配置或指示的這一時間單位為Case B的多工操作,那麼第一節點若調度第二節點的IAB-MT,則IAB-DU可以同時執行上行接收。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as F, and if the frame structure of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as UL. For this time unit, the operation of IAB-MT is flexible, and the operation of IAB-DU is uplink reception. If the time unit configured or instructed by the first node for the second node is the multiplexing operation of Case B, then if the first node schedules the IAB-MT of the second node, the IAB-DU can perform uplink reception at the same time.

在一種示例中,在第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向與第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,在第二節點的第二類單元的資源傳輸方向與第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;其中,發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示第一操作組合的信令和指示第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。In an example, when the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, the first type unit of the second node is determined according to the notification signaling that is sent later. And/or, when the resource transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, determine the second node’s second node according to the notification signaling sent later The transmission direction of the second type unit; wherein, the notification signaling with a later transmission time includes the signaling indicating the first operation combination and the signaling indicating the resource direction of the second node.

例如,第一節點為第二節點配置和/或指示的一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,若該組合對應第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,且F資源被動態的指示為方向1,多工操作對應的IAB-MT的該時間單位的方向為方向2,則按照後到的指示信令判定IAB-MT的F資源的傳輸方向。其中,方向1可以為DL或UL,方向2也可以為DL或UL。For example, if the first node is a first operation combination of one or more time units configured and/or instructed by the second node, if the combination corresponds to the resource transmission direction of the time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is F, and F The resource is dynamically indicated as direction 1, and the direction of the time unit of the IAB-MT corresponding to the multiplexing operation is direction 2, and the transmission direction of the F resource of the IAB-MT is determined according to the subsequent indication signaling. Wherein, direction 1 can be DL or UL, and direction 2 can also be DL or UL.

示例性地,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的方向為F,在時刻1,第二節點收到了一個DCI format 2_0指示這個時間單位方向為UL。在時刻2(時刻2晚於時刻1)第一節點將這個時間單位配置和/或指示為Case B的多工操作,那麼基於該多工操作將IAB-MT的這一時間單位的方向判定為DL。Exemplarily, the direction of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is F, and at time 1, the second node receives a DCI format 2_0 indicating that the direction of this time unit is UL. At time 2 (time 2 is later than time 1), the first node configures and/or instructs this time unit as a multiplexing operation of Case B, then based on the multiplexing operation, the direction of this time unit of IAB-MT is determined as DL.

在一種示例中,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定;或者,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定。In an example, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the second node The timing determination of the time unit of the component carrier of the first type unit.

在一種示例中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向。In an example, in a case where a multiplex operation on a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of type F resources of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the type F resources; and/or , In the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the F-type resource.

或者,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在所述第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向。Or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the flexible transmission of type F resources of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates that when the second node performs the multiplex operation, the F type resource And/or, in the case that a multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of type F resources of the second type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates that multiple operations are performed at the second node During work operation, the transmission direction of F-type resources.

在一種示例中,第二節點的IAB-DU的一個時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,第一節點為第二節點配置和/或指示這個時間單位的多工操作。多工操作對應這個時間單位的方向更改這個時間單位的IAB-DU的方向,或者指示當IAB-MT被調度時在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位,IAB-DU可執行的操作。In an example, the resource transmission direction of one time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is F, and the first node configures and/or instructs the multiplex operation of this time unit for the second node. The multiplexing operation corresponds to the direction of this time unit to change the direction of the IAB-DU of this time unit, or indicates the operations that the IAB-DU can perform in the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU when the IAB-MT is scheduled.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為D,若第二節點對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。對於IAB-DU的這個時間單位,IAB-DU的多工操作為F,即IAB-DU可利用該資源調度第三節點下行接收或調度第三節點上行發送。當這一時間單位為Case B的多工操作,即第一節點若調度第二節點的IAB-MT,那麼在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位,IAB-DU可以執行上行接收,或者將IAB-DU的F判定為UL。For example, the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as D, if the frame structure of the time unit of the IAB-DU corresponding to the second node is configured as F. For this time unit of the IAB-DU, the multiplexing operation of the IAB-DU is F, that is, the IAB-DU can use the resource to schedule the third node to receive downlink or to schedule the third node to transmit uplink. When this time unit is the multiplexing operation of Case B, that is, if the first node schedules the IAB-MT of the second node, then in the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU, the IAB-DU can perform uplink reception, or the IAB- The F of DU is judged to be UL.

上述對應的IAB-DU的時間單位與IAB-MT所對應的時間單位的關係為以下至少之一:The relationship between the corresponding IAB-DU time unit and the time unit corresponding to IAB-MT is at least one of the following:

IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位完全重合;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位部分交疊;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者中的一個在時間跨度上包含另外一個;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者的交集部分。The time unit corresponding to IAB-DU completely overlaps with the scheduled time unit of IAB-MT; the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU partially overlaps with the scheduled time unit of IAB-MT; the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU overlaps with IAB-MT One of the scheduled time units includes the other in the time span; the intersection of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU and the scheduled time unit of the IAB-MT.

在一種示例中,若第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,第一節點為第二節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合。第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源被第一節點動態指示為方向1,第一節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合對應的這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,那麼IAB-DU的方向被判定為方向2。In an example, if the resource transmission direction of the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is F, the first node is the first operation combination configured and/or instructed by the second node. The F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated by the first node as direction 1, and the direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation of this time unit corresponding to the first operation combination configured and/or indicated by the first node is Direction 2, then the direction of the IAB-DU is judged as direction 2.

可選地,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第一節點動態指示為方向1,在時刻2,第一節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合對應的這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,若時刻2晚於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向2;若時刻2早於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向1。若時刻1和時刻2屬於同一個時刻或誤差範圍內的同一時刻,則兩個信令所對應的傳輸方向不衝突。Optionally, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated as direction 1 by the first node at time 1, and at time 2, the first operation combination configured and/or indicated by the first node corresponds to this time unit The direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation is direction 2. If time 2 is later than time 1, the direction of the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU is direction 2; if time 2 is earlier than time 1, the direction corresponding to IAB-DU The direction of the time unit is direction 1. If time 1 and time 2 belong to the same time or the same time within the error range, the transmission directions corresponding to the two signalings do not conflict.

可選地,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第一節點動態指示為方向1,在時刻2,第一節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合對應的這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,則方向1和方向2不衝突。Optionally, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated as direction 1 by the first node at time 1, and at time 2, the first operation combination configured and/or indicated by the first node corresponds to this time unit The direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation is direction 2, and direction 1 and direction 2 do not conflict.

可選地,在一種示例中,第一操作組合可以指示在第二節點進行多工操作時,第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向,和/或,第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向。Optionally, in an example, the first operation combination may indicate the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs multiplexing operation, and/or the transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node Transmission direction.

例如,第一節點配置和/或指示當IAB-MT被調度時,IAB-DU在對應的時間單位可執行的操作。For example, the first node configures and/or indicates the operations that the IAB-DU can perform in the corresponding time unit when the IAB-MT is scheduled.

第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為DL,若第二節點對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。對於IAB-DU的這個時間單位,IAB-DU的操作為彈性,即IAB-DU可利用這個資源調度第三節點下行接收或調度第三節點上行發送。當第一節點為第二節點配置和/或指示這個時間單位為Case B的多工操作,即表示第一節點調度第二節點的IAB-MT時,第二節點的IAB-DU可以執行上行接收,或者可以將IAB-DU的F更新為多工操作對應的方向。例如,將IAB-DU的F更新為UL。The frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as DL, if the frame structure of the time unit of the IAB-DU corresponding to the second node is configured as F. For this time unit of the IAB-DU, the operation of the IAB-DU is flexible, that is, the IAB-DU can use this resource to schedule the third node for downlink reception or schedule the third node for uplink transmission. When the first node configures for the second node and/or instructs this time unit to be the multiplexing operation of Case B, it means that when the first node schedules the IAB-MT of the second node, the IAB-DU of the second node can perform uplink reception , Or you can update the F of the IAB-DU to the direction corresponding to the multiplexing operation. For example, update F of IAB-DU to UL.

在一種示例中,第一節點向第二節點配置和/或指示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,該一個時間單位的多工動作表示第一節點按照多工操作對應的以下因素中的至少之一調度第二節點的第一類單元執行發射或接收:功率、波束、埠。In an example, the first node configures and/or instructs one or more time units of multiplexing operation to the second node, and the one time unit multiplexing action indicates that the first node corresponds to one of the following factors according to the multiplexing operation At least one of the units of the first type of the second node is scheduled to perform transmission or reception: power, beam, port.

第一節點同第二節點協商,當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元所執行的操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The first node negotiates with the second node. When the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the operation performed by the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node corresponds to at least one of power, beam, and port one.

第一節點配置和/或指示當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元所執行的操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The first node configuration and/or instructions when the second node performs multiplexing operations, the operation performed by the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node corresponds to at least one of power, beam, and port .

第二節點的第一類單元的功率包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的功率、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的功率。第二節點的第二類單元的功率包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元向第三節點(即第二節點的子節點)發送資料時的功率、第二節點的第二類單元接收第三節點的資料時的接收功率。The power of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission power of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception power of the first type unit of the second node. The power of the second type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the power when the second type unit of the second node sends data to the third node (that is, the child node of the second node), and the second type of the second node The received power when the unit receives data from the third node.

第二節點的第一類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的波束、第二節點的第二類單元的下行發送的波束。The beam of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The beam of the second type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink received beam of the second type unit of the second node, and the downlink transmission beam of the second type unit of the second node.

第二節點的第一類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的下行發送的埠、第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的埠。The port of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The port of the second-type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: a downstream transmission port of the second-type unit of the second node, and an upstream receiving port of the second-type unit of the second node.

第一節點同第二節點的協商程序可以包括:第一節點接收第二節點上報的多工操作對應的功率、波束、埠三者中的至少之一的推薦值或推薦配置,第一節點配置和/或指示第二節點所執行的多工操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The negotiation procedure between the first node and the second node may include: the first node receives the recommended value or recommended configuration of at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation reported by the second node, and the first node Configure and/or instruct at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation performed by the second node.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個波束組合,一個波束組合對應一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊,一個組合對應一個索引。In an example, the first node may configure one or more beam combinations for the second node, one beam combination corresponds to one or more time units of beam information, and one combination corresponds to one index.

上述波束資訊可以包括以下至少之一:The aforementioned beam information may include at least one of the following:

對應第二節點的第一類單元的接收波束;對應第二節點的第一類單元的發送波束;對應第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;對應第二節點的第二類單元的發送波束。The receiving beam corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; the receiving beam corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the second type unit corresponding to the second node Beam.

上述發送或接收波束可以透過關聯對應的參考信號指示對應的發送或接收波束資訊。在NR中傳輸配置指示(Transmission Configuration Indicator,TCI)用關聯的參考信號指示接收波束,調度請求指示(Scheduling Request Indication,SRI)用關聯的參考信號指示發射波束。The above-mentioned transmitting or receiving beam may indicate the corresponding transmitting or receiving beam information by associating the corresponding reference signal. In NR, a transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) uses an associated reference signal to indicate a receiving beam, and a scheduling request indication (Scheduling Request Indication, SRI) uses an associated reference signal to indicate a transmit beam.

例如,第一節點利用NR中的TCI指示第二節點的波束組合,比如指示第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;第一節點利用NR中的SRI指示第二節點的波束組合,比如指示第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元的發射波束。For example, the first node uses the TCI in the NR to indicate the beam combination of the second node, such as indicating the receiving beam of the first-type unit of the second node or the second-type unit of the second node; the first node uses the SRI in the NR to indicate The beam combination of the second node, for example, indicates the transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個埠組合,一個埠組合對應一個或多個時間單位的埠資訊,一個組合對應一個索引。In an example, the first node may configure one or more port combinations for the second node, one port combination corresponds to one or more time units of port information, and one combination corresponds to one index.

上述埠資訊包括以下至少之一:The aforementioned port information includes at least one of the following:

對應第二節點的第一類單元的接收埠;對應第二節點的第一類單元的發送埠;對應第二節點的第二類單元的接收埠;對應第二節點的第二類單元的發送埠。The receiving port of the first type unit corresponding to the second node; the sending port of the first type unit corresponding to the second node; the receiving port of the second type unit corresponding to the second node; the sending port of the second type unit corresponding to the second node port.

第一節點也可以為第二節點的一個多工操作配置一個或多個波束組合,該波束組合可以向第二節點指示,當第二節點在對應的時間單位上執行對應的多工操作時,發送或接收波束。該發送或接收波束可以理解為第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元發送波束或接收波束。The first node may also configure one or more beam combinations for a multiplexing operation of the second node. The beam combinations may indicate to the second node that when the second node performs the corresponding multiplexing operation on the corresponding time unit, Send or receive beam. The transmitting or receiving beam can be understood as the transmitting beam or the receiving beam of the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node.

例如,第一節點可以向第二節點的Case A的多工操作方式配置一個或多個波束組合。該Case A的多工操作方式的一個波束組合的含義為指示第二節點,當第二節點執行Case A的多工操作時,對應第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元的一個或多個時間單位發送或接收波束。For example, the first node may configure one or more beam combinations to the case A multiplexing operation mode of the second node. The meaning of a beam combination of the multiplexing operation mode of Case A is to indicate the second node. When the second node performs the multiplexing operation of Case A, it corresponds to one of the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node. Multiple time units transmit or receive beams.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以向第二節點發送一個實體層控制信令,該實體層控制信令中包括一個指示欄位,指示欄位用於指示一個索引,一個索引指示一個波束組合,一個組合對應一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊。In an example, the first node may send a physical layer control signaling to the second node, the physical layer control signaling includes an indication field, the indication field is used to indicate an index, and an index indicates a beam combination, A combination corresponds to beam information of one or more time units.

該波束資訊包括以下至少之一:The beam information includes at least one of the following:

第二節點的第一類單元的接收波束;第二節點的第一類單元的發送波束;第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;第二節點的第二類單元的發送波束。The receiving beam of the first type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the first type unit of the second node; the receiving beam of the second type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the second type unit of the second node.

第一節點向第二節點發送一個實體層控制信令用於指示一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊,該波束資訊可以指示第二節點在一個或多個時間單位上對應的波束資訊,或者指示第二節點在對應的一個或多個時間單位上執行對應的多工操作時,對應的波束資訊。The first node sends a physical layer control signaling to the second node to indicate the beam information of one or more time units. The beam information can indicate the corresponding beam information of the second node in one or more time units, or indicate When the second node performs the corresponding multiplexing operation on the corresponding one or more time units, the corresponding beam information.

例如,第一節點為第二節點指示Case A的多工操作的一個或多個時間單位的波束組合,表示當第二節點在一個時間單位上執行Case A時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元對應的發送或接收波束。For example, the first node is the second node indicating the beam combination of one or more time units of Case A's multiplexing operation, which means that when the second node executes Case A on one time unit, the first type of unit of the second node Or the transmitting or receiving beam corresponding to the second type of unit.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以透過以下方式判定第二節點的多工操作對應的參考子載波間隔,例如,第一節點與第二節點進行協商,或者,第一節點與第二節點約定參考子載波間隔,或者,第一節點配置或指示參考子載波間隔。In an example, the first node may determine the reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the multiplexing operation of the second node in the following manner, for example, the first node and the second node negotiate, or the first node and the second node agree on a reference The subcarrier interval, or the first node configures or instructs the reference subcarrier interval.

第一節點為第二節點配置的多工操作對應的參考子載波間隔可以用於判定多工操作所對應的一個時間單位的時長。例如,NR中的子載波間隔的取值用u表示,子載波間隔為15*2^u ,該子載波間隔判定後,即可判定對應迴圈首碼(Cyclic Prefix,CP)型別的一個OFDM符號的持續時間,進而可以判定其他時間單位的持續時間。The reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the multiplexing operation configured by the first node for the second node may be used to determine the duration of a time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation. For example, the value of the sub-carrier interval in NR is represented by u, and the sub-carrier interval is 15*2^ u . After the sub-carrier interval is determined, the one corresponding to the Cyclic Prefix (CP) type can be determined The duration of the OFDM symbol can then be used to determine the duration of other time units.

示例性地,第一節點也可以透過信令為第二節點配置參考子載波間隔,該信令可以包括高層信令,或者MAC CE,或者實體層信令。高層信令可以為RRC信令和F1應用層協定(F1 Application Protocol,F1-AP)信令中的至少之一。實體層信令可以為透過DCI指示,直接指示可以為對u進行編碼。在DCI中透過一個欄位指示一個碼字,該碼字可以表示一個u的取值。可以透過高層信令或MAC CE信令對u的取值做限定。例如,u的取值範圍為[0,1,2,3,4],第一節點透過高層信令或MAC CE信令將u的取值範圍限定為[0,1,2,3],DCI的一個欄位包含兩個或兩個以上的位元,可以用於指示4個碼字分別表示[0,1,2,3]的其中之一。Exemplarily, the first node may also configure the reference subcarrier interval for the second node through signaling, and the signaling may include high-level signaling, or MAC CE, or physical layer signaling. The high-level signaling may be at least one of RRC signaling and F1 Application Protocol (F1 Application Protocol, F1-AP) signaling. The physical layer signaling can be an indication through the DCI, and the direct indication can be to encode u. In the DCI, a codeword is indicated through a field, and the codeword can represent a value of u. The value of u can be limited through high-level signaling or MAC CE signaling. For example, the value range of u is [0, 1, 2, 3, 4], and the first node limits the value range of u to [0, 1, 2, 3] through higher layer signaling or MAC CE signaling. A field of DCI contains two or more bits, which can be used to indicate that 4 codewords respectively represent one of [0, 1, 2, 3].

可選地,第一節點與第二節點約定的參考子載波間隔可以為以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔,第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔,第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔和第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔中的最小值或最大值。其中,第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔為第二節點的第一類單元的啟用子載波間隔或參考子載波間隔,第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔為第二節點的第二類單元的啟用子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞啟用的子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的參考子載波間隔。Optionally, the reference subcarrier interval agreed upon by the first node and the second node may be at least one of the following: the subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node, the subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node, The minimum or maximum value of the subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node and the subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node. Wherein, the subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node is the activated subcarrier interval or the reference subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node, and the subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node is the second node The activation subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node, or the activation subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node, or the subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node, or the second node The reference subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type of unit.

在一種示例中,第一節點配置的第一操作組合可以為以下至少之一:FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited。第二節點的IAB-DU和第二節點的IAB-MT對應的頻域資源為正交資源,FDM可以理解為第二節點頻分地執行多工操作,SDM可以表示第二節點空分地執行多工操作,No-limited可以表示不限定第二節點頻分或空分地執行多工操作。例如,第二節點在一個時間單位上頻分且空分地執行Case A,即表示IAB-DU執行發送操作,IAB-MT也執行發送操作,IAB-DU所佔用的頻域資源1和IAB-MT所佔用的頻域資源2頻域正交。IAB-DU執行發送對應的空間波束1和IAB-MT執行發送對應的空間波束2相互不會造成干擾或干擾較小。其中,是否造成干擾或是否造成的干擾較小可以透過門限值判斷,門限值即為預設值,或者雙方協定的,或者對應接收機上報的干擾觀測量。In an example, the first operation combination of the first node configuration may be at least one of the following: FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited. The frequency domain resources corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node and the IAB-MT of the second node are orthogonal resources. FDM can be understood as the frequency division of the second node to perform multiplexing operations, and SDM can mean that the second node performs space division. Multiplex operation, No-limited can mean that the second node is not limited to frequency or space division to perform multiplex operations. For example, if the second node performs Case A frequency and space division in a time unit, it means that IAB-DU performs the transmission operation, and IAB-MT also performs the transmission operation. The frequency domain resources 1 and IAB-DU occupied by IAB-DU Frequency domain resources occupied by MT 2 are orthogonal in frequency domain. The space beam 1 corresponding to the IAB-DU transmission and the space beam 2 corresponding to the IAB-MT transmission will not cause or have little interference with each other. Among them, whether the interference is caused or whether the interference is small can be judged through the threshold value. The threshold value is a preset value, or agreed by both parties, or corresponds to the interference observation reported by the receiver.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以配置一個或多個第一操作組合,該一個第一操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位,一個時間單位的多工樣式可以為如表5所示的各種含義。 表5 索引值 含義 索引0 SDM 索引1 FDM 索引2 FDM和SDM 索引3 No-limited In an example, the first node can be configured with one or more first operation combinations, and this first operation combination corresponds to one or more time units. The multiplexing style of a time unit can have various meanings as shown in Table 5. . table 5 Index value meaning Index 0 SDM Index 1 FDM Index 2 FDM and SDM Index 3 No-limited

上述表5僅是示例性的描述,並不對表中的內容進行限定。例如,可以採用上述表5中的部分內容作為表5。The above Table 5 is only an exemplary description, and does not limit the content in the table. For example, part of the content in Table 5 above can be used as Table 5.

在一種示例中,第一節點可以向第二節點發送一個實體層控制信令,該實體層控制信令包括一個指示欄位,指示欄位指示一個索引。該索引可以通知第二節點的一個組合,該組合可以指示第二節點以下至少之一:In an example, the first node may send a physical layer control signaling to the second node. The physical layer control signaling includes an indication field, and the indication field indicates an index. The index may inform the second node of a combination, and the combination may indicate at least one of the following for the second node:

第二節點的一個或多個時間單位;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的可用性;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的多工操作;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作。One or more time units of the second node; availability of one time unit in one or more time units of the second node; multiplex operation of one time unit in one or more time units of the second node; The availability and multiplexing operation of one time unit among one or more time units of the two nodes.

多工操作包括TDM,Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM,其中,Case A,Case B,Case C,Case D,no-TDM又分別包括SDM、FDM、SDM和FDM、no-limited。Multiplex operations include TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, among which Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, and no-TDM include SDM, FDM, SDM and FDM, no-limited.

例如,FDM的Case A表示第二節點頻分地執行Case A的多工操作,FDM和SDM的Case B表示第二節點頻分且空分地執行Case B的多工操作,比如,IAB-MT在波束1和頻域資源1上執行接收,IAB-DU在波束2和頻域資源2上執行接收。For example, Case A of FDM indicates that the second node performs the multiplexing operation of Case A frequency division, and Case B of FDM and SDM indicates that the second node performs the multiplexing operation of Case B frequency division and space division, for example, IAB-MT Reception is performed on beam 1 and frequency domain resource 1, and IAB-DU is performed on beam 2 and frequency domain resource 2.

在一種示例中,第一節點配置和/或指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,該時間單位可以根據第二節點的IAB-MT或IAB-DU的時間單位判定。In an example, the first node configures and/or indicates a first operation combination of one or more time units of the second node, and the time unit may be determined according to the time unit of the IAB-MT or IAB-DU of the second node.

第一節點指示和/或配置的信令生效所對應的第一個時間單位可以按照以下方式之一判定:將與IAB-MT接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的信令的時間單位交疊的IAB-DU對應的時間單位中的前一個時間單位判定為多工操作組合對應的第一個時間單位;以及,若第二節點的IAB-MT接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的信令的時間單位被多工操作參考子載波間隔所判定的第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位所包含,則判定第二節點的IAB-DU的這個時間單位為多工操作組合所對應的第一個時間單位。The first time unit corresponding to the effective signaling of the first node's indication and/or configuration can be determined in one of the following ways: it will be exchanged with the time unit at which the IAB-MT receives the first node's configuration and/or signaling. The previous time unit among the time units corresponding to the stacked IAB-DU is determined to be the first time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation combination; and, if the IAB-MT of the second node receives the configuration and/or instruction of the first node The time unit of the signaling is included in the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node determined by the multiplexing operation reference subcarrier interval, and then the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is determined to correspond to the multiplexing operation combination The first unit of time.

可選地,第一節點指示和/或配置的信令生效的第一個時間單位可以為,第二節點的IAB-MT接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的一個或多個時間單位的生效的多工操作組合對應的時間單位,第二節點按照第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位判定多工操作組合生效的第一個時間單位,即IAB-MT收到多工操作組合的時間單位對應生效的第一個時間單位。Optionally, the first time unit for the signaling indicated and/or configured by the first node to take effect may be the time unit of one or more time units configured and/or indicated by the first node received by the IAB-MT of the second node The time unit corresponding to the effective multiplexing operation combination. The second node determines the first time unit for the multiplexing operation combination to take effect according to the time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node, that is, the time when the IAB-MT receives the multiplexing operation combination The unit corresponds to the first time unit in effect.

在一種示例中,第一節點也可以接收第二節點上報的期望的第一操作組合,該期望的第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作。一個時間單位的多工操作可以包括TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。In an example, the first node may also receive a desired first operation combination reported by the second node, and the desired first operation combination may include one or more time units of multiplexing operations. The multiplex operation of a time unit may include one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited.

可選地,第一節點可以接收第二節點上報的若干時間單位對應的期望第一操作組合,第二節點上報的第一操作組合可以如圖7所示。或者,第一節點也可以接收第二節點上報的對應IAB-DU的期望第一操作組合;或者,接收第二節點上報的對應DU cell的期望第一操作組合;或者,接收第二節點上報的對應IAB-MT分量載波(Component Carrier)和IAB-DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)的期望第一操作組合。Optionally, the first node may receive the desired first operation combination corresponding to several time units reported by the second node, and the first operation combination reported by the second node may be as shown in FIG. 7. Alternatively, the first node may also receive the expected first operation combination corresponding to the IAB-DU reported by the second node; or, receive the expected first operation combination of the corresponding DU cell reported by the second node; or, receive the second node The reported first operation combination corresponding to the IAB-MT component carrier (Component Carrier) and IAB-DU cell pair ({MT CC, DU cell}pair).

可選地,第一節點也可以接收第二節點按資源型別上報的期望的多工操作。比如,第一節點接收第二節點上報的當DU資源為方向1時期望對應的多工操作為多工操作1,其中,方向1可以為以下至少之一:DL,F,UL,多工操作1可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited中的一個或多個;或者,第一節點可以接收第二節點上報的當DU資源為方向1和IAB-MT資源為方向2時期望的多工操作;或者,第一節點可以接收第二節點上報的當IAB-MT資源為方向1時期望的多工操作。其中,DU資源可以表示一個IAB-DU的資源或一個IAB-DU對應的一個細胞的資源,IAB-MT的資源可以表示對應的IAB-MT的資源或IAB-MT的一個分量載波的資源。Optionally, the first node may also receive the desired multiplexing operation reported by the second node according to the resource type. For example, when the first node receives the DU resource reported by the second node and expects the corresponding multiplex operation to be multiplex operation 1, where the direction 1 can be at least one of the following: DL, F, UL, multiplex Operation 1 can be one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited; or, the first node can receive the second node The reported multiplexing operation expected when the DU resource is the direction 1 and the IAB-MT resource is the direction 2; or, the first node can receive the expected multiplexing when the IAB-MT resource is the direction 1 reported by the second node operate. Wherein, the DU resource may refer to the resource of one IAB-DU or the resource of one cell corresponding to one IAB-DU, and the resource of IAB-MT may refer to the resource of the corresponding IAB-MT or the resource of one component carrier of the IAB-MT.

在一種示例中,第一節點也可以接收第二節點上報的多工能力,多工能力為{FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited}或{FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited}與{TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-limited}的組合。In an example, the first node may also receive the multiplexing capability reported by the second node. The multiplexing capability is {FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited} or {FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no- limited} and {TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-limited} combination.

圖13為本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖,該方法可以應用於第四節點,如圖13所示,該方法可以包括但不限於以下步驟:FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification. The method may be applied to the fourth node. As shown in FIG. 13, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:

S1301、配置第一操作組合。S1301: Configure a first operation combination.

第四節點可以為CU節點或宿主節點,其與第一節點可以為相鄰的上下級節點,或者,第四節點與第一節點之間也可以存在多跳節點。其中,第四節點與第一節點可以共存於同一設備,也可以分別屬於不同的獨立設備。第四節點配置的第一操作組合可以包括第二節點的第一操作組合。The fourth node may be a CU node or a host node, and it and the first node may be adjacent upper and lower nodes, or there may also be a multi-hop node between the fourth node and the first node. Among them, the fourth node and the first node may coexist in the same device, or may belong to different independent devices. The first operation combination of the fourth node configuration may include the first operation combination of the second node.

可選地,第四節點可以將第二節點的第一操作組合配置或通知至第一節點,第一節點可以向第二節點指示該第一操作組合,也可以不指示第一操作組合。Optionally, the fourth node may configure or notify the first node of the first operation combination of the second node, and the first node may indicate the first operation combination to the second node, or may not indicate the first operation combination.

示例性地,該第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。Exemplarily, the first operation combination includes any one of the following: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法,由第四節點配置第二節點的第一操作組合,第四節點將第二節點的第一操作組合配置或通知至第一節點,這樣可以實作第一節點與第二節點對多工操作組合的統一理解。The embodiment of this specification provides a multiplexing operation method. The fourth node configures the first operation combination of the second node, and the fourth node configures or informs the first node of the first operation combination of the second node, which can be implemented The first node and the second node have a unified understanding of the combination of multiple operations.

示例性地,多工操作組合表示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、不受限no-limited中的任意一個、其中,多工方式一可以理解為上述Case A的情況,多工方式二可以理解為Case B的情況,多工方式三可以理解為Case C的情況,多工方式四可以理解為Case D的情況。Exemplarily, the multiplex operation combination means the multiplex operation on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplex operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, multiplex mode one, multiplex mode two, Multiplex mode three, multiplex mode four, unlimited no-limited, among them, multiplex mode one can be understood as the case of case A above, multiplex mode two can be understood as the case of case B, multiplex Method 3 can be understood as the case of Case C, and mode 4 of multiplexing can be understood as the case of Case D.

多工操作與幀結構組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the frame structure of one or more time units of the second node.

多工操作與可用性組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。The combination of multiplexing operation and availability indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

例如,一個時間單位內的IAB-MT的幀結構包括下行(DownLink,DL)和上行(UpLink,UL),IAB-DU的幀結構包括UL和DL,IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊,IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊,若第一節點將這一時間單位對應的多工操作組合指示為Case A和Case B,則表示第二節點可以在IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊部分執行Case B多工,第二節點在IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊部分執行Case A多工。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為TDM,則表示第二節點在這個時間單位時分地執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的操作。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為no-TDM,則指示第二節點在這個時間單位可執行的操作包括以下至少之一:第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU可以不受限制地同時執行操作,第二節點的IAB-MT和IAB-DU可以根據IAB-MT和IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向執行對應的多工操作。For example, the frame structure of IAB-MT in a time unit includes downlink (DownLink, DL) and uplink (UpLink, UL), the frame structure of IAB-DU includes UL and DL, and the DL resources of IAB-MT and IAB-DU UL resources overlap or partially overlap, and the UL resources of IAB-MT overlap or partially overlap the DL resources of IAB-DU. If the first node indicates the multiplex operation combination corresponding to this time unit as Case A and Case B, It means that the second node can perform Case B multiplexing when the DL resource of the IAB-MT overlaps or partially overlaps the UL resource of the IAB-DU, and the UL resource of the second node overlaps the DL resource of the IAB-DU. Or partially overlap and partially perform Case A multiplexing. If the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is TDM, it means that the second node executes the IAB-MT and IAB-DU operations in this time unit time-divisionally. If the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is no-TDM, it indicates that the operations that the second node can perform in this time unit include at least one of the following: IAB-MT and IAB-DU of the second node can be simultaneously unrestricted To perform operations, the IAB-MT and IAB-DU of the second node may perform corresponding multiplexing operations according to the resource transmission directions of the IAB-MT and IAB-DU.

在一種示例中,上述第四節點配置第一操作組合可以透過以下方式實作:In an example, the first operation combination of the fourth node configuration can be implemented in the following ways:

例如,第四節點透過F1應用層協議F1-AP信令將第一操作組合配置至第二節點或者第一節點。即第四節點可以配置第二節點的第一操作組合,而不需要指示第一操作組合,第二節點以預設或約定的方式從配置的組合中判定第一操作組合,例如約定最小ID對應的組合為生效組合;或者,第四節點透過F1-AP信令將配置的第一操作組合發送至第一節點,由第一節點向第二節點指示配置的第一操作組合。For example, the fourth node configures the first operation combination to the second node or the first node through F1 application layer protocol F1-AP signaling. That is, the fourth node can configure the first operation combination of the second node without instructing the first operation combination. The second node determines the first operation combination from the configured combinations in a preset or agreed manner, for example, the agreed minimum ID corresponds to The combination of is an effective combination; or, the fourth node sends the configured first operation combination to the first node through F1-AP signaling, and the first node indicates the configured first operation combination to the second node.

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合包括第二節點的操作組合的情況下,上述步驟S1301可以包括:In an example, in a case where the first operation combination includes the operation combination of the second node, the foregoing step S1301 may include:

配置第二節點的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波和第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞對(例如MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair))的第一操作組合。Configure the first operation combination of the second node; or configure the first operation combination of the second type unit of the second node; or configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, configure The first operation combination of the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node and the cell pair corresponding to the second type unit of the second node (for example, MT CC and DU cell pair ({MT CC, DU cell} pair)).

第二類單元對應的細胞可以為一個細胞或多個細胞,第一節點可以向第二節點的第二類單元的細胞配置一個或多個第一操作組合,配置的一個時間單位上的多工操作可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。示例性地,第四節點配置的第二節點的多個時間單位的第一操作組合可以如圖8所示。The cell corresponding to the second type unit can be one cell or multiple cells. The first node can configure one or more first operation combinations to the cells of the second type unit of the second node, and the configured multiplexing on a time unit The operation can be one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited. Exemplarily, the first operation combination of multiple time units of the second node configured by the fourth node may be as shown in FIG. 8.

例如,第四節點可以透過F1-AP信令為第二節點或第二節點的IAB-DU或第二節點的DU cell或者第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)配置一個或多個第一操作組合,該第一操作組合表示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,在一個時間單位上的多工操作可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。For example, the fourth node can use F1-AP signaling as the second node or the IAB-DU of the second node or the DU cell of the second node or a pair of MT CC and DU cell of the second node ({MT CC, DU cell }pair) Configure one or more first operation combinations, the first operation combination represents one or more time units of multiplex operations, multiple operations on a time unit can be TDM, Case A, Case B, Case One or more of C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited.

例如,第四節點可以透過F1-AP信令為第一節點通知或配置關於第二節點或第二節點的IAB-DU或第二節點的DU cell或第二節點的一個MT CC和DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)的一個或多個第一操作組合,該第一操作組合表示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,在一個時間單位上的多工操作可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TD、no-limited中的一個或多個。For example, the fourth node can notify or configure the second node or the IAB-DU of the second node or the DU cell of the second node or a pair of MT CC and DU cell of the second node for the first node through F1-AP signaling. ({MT CC, DU cell}pair) one or more first operation combinations, the first operation combination represents one or more time units of multiplex operations, multiple operations on a time unit can be TDM, One or more of Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TD, and no-limited.

第四節點為第二節點的DU cell配置多個第一操作組合的配置示例可以如圖8所示,為一個細胞配置一個第一操作組合的配置示例可以如圖7所示。或者,第四節點為第一節點配置關於第二節點的DU cell的多個第一操作組合的配置示例可以如圖8所示,為一個細胞配置一個第一操作組合的配置示例可以如圖7所示。The configuration example of the fourth node configuring multiple first operation combinations for the DU cell of the second node may be shown in FIG. 8, and the configuration example of configuring one first operation combination for one cell may be shown in FIG. 7. Or, the fourth node configures the first node with multiple first operation combinations on the DU cell of the second node as shown in FIG. 8, and the configuration example for configuring one first operation combination for one cell may be as shown in FIG. 7. Shown.

第二節點可以包括多個細胞,相應地,第四節點可以為該多個細胞分別配置一個或多個第一操作組合。或者,第四節點也可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第一操作組合,該一個或多個第一操作組合可以應用於第二節點的所有細胞。或者,第四節點可以為第二節點的一個DU配置一個或多個第一操作組合,配置的第一操作組合可以應用於第二節點的一個DU對應的所有DU cell。例如,第四節點為第二節點的IAB-DU配置一個或多個第一操作組合時,這一個或多個第一操作組合可以應用於一個IAB-DU對應的所有細胞。The second node may include multiple cells, and correspondingly, the fourth node may configure one or more first operation combinations for the multiple cells. Alternatively, the fourth node may also configure one or more first operation combinations for the second node, and the one or more first operation combinations may be applied to all cells of the second node. Alternatively, the fourth node may configure one or more first operation combinations for one DU of the second node, and the configured first operation combinations may be applied to all DU cells corresponding to one DU of the second node. For example, when the fourth node configures one or more first operation combinations for the IAB-DU of the second node, the one or more first operation combinations may be applied to all cells corresponding to one IAB-DU.

第四節點為第二節點配置一個或多個第一操作組合時,這一個或多個第一操作組合可以應用於第二節點對應的所有DU cell。When the fourth node configures one or more first operation combinations for the second node, the one or more first operation combinations can be applied to all DU cells corresponding to the second node.

在一種示例中,上述配置的第一操作組合可以包含偏移量,該偏移量用於指示通知信令生效的時間偏移量,該通知信令即為用於指示第一操作組合的信令。示例性地,偏移量可以包括以下至少之一:無線幀,子幀,時槽,OFDM符號。In an example, the first operation combination configured above may include an offset, and the offset is used to indicate the time offset for the notification signaling to take effect, and the notification signaling is the information used to indicate the first operation combination. make. Exemplarily, the offset may include at least one of the following: a radio frame, a subframe, a time slot, and an OFDM symbol.

可選地,第四節點為第二節點配置的第一操作組合可以按照以下幾種方式指示多工操作:Optionally, the first operation combination configured by the fourth node for the second node may indicate the multiplexing operation in the following ways:

第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位為第一操作組合的週期,即第一操作組合週期地起作用。例如,一個第一操作組合對應若干時間單位,則這若干個時間單位對應的多工操作可以週期性地生效直到第四節點再次為第二節點配置,和/或,指示第一操作組合。The one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the period of the first operation combination, that is, the first operation combination functions periodically. For example, if a first operation combination corresponds to several time units, the multiplex operations corresponding to these several time units may be periodically effective until the fourth node is configured for the second node again, and/or indicates the first operation combination.

或者,第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位即為第一操作組合所指示的時間單位數目,第一操作組合僅指示對應數量的時間單位的操作組合,不需要重複起作用。Alternatively, the one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the number of time units indicated by the first operation combination, and the first operation combination only indicates the operation combination of the corresponding number of time units and does not need to be repeated.

或者,第四節點以配置或約定的方式判定第一操作組合的生效次數。即第一操作組合重複性地起作用若干次。例如,第四節點配置第一操作組合生效次數為數量1,則該第一操作組合將重複性地生效1次。Alternatively, the fourth node determines the number of valid times of the first operation combination in a configured or agreed manner. That is, the first operation combination works repeatedly several times. For example, if the fourth node configures the number of valid times of the first operation combination to be the number 1, then the first operation combination will be repeatedly valid once.

在一種示例中,第四節點可以為第二節點配置第一組合、第二組合和第三組合。示例性地,第四節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第一組合,該第一組合可以為可用性組合,其可以對應一個索引。同樣地,第四節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個第二組合,或者為第二節點配置一個或多個第三組合。其中,第二組合可以為多工操作組合,一個第二組合可以對應一個索引,第三組合可以對應一個第一組合索引和一個第二組合索引。第一組合索引和第二組合索引的值可以相同,也可以不同。In an example, the fourth node may configure the first combination, the second combination, and the third combination for the second node. Exemplarily, the fourth node may configure one or more first combinations for the second node, and the first combination may be an availability combination, which may correspond to an index. Similarly, the fourth node may configure one or more second combinations for the second node, or configure one or more third combinations for the second node. Among them, the second combination may be a combination of multiple operations, a second combination may correspond to one index, and the third combination may correspond to a first combination index and a second combination index. The values of the first combination index and the second combination index may be the same or different.

例如,第四節點為第二節點配置一個第一組合,其索引值為索引1,表示一個或多個時間單位的可用性指示。第四節點為第二節點配置一個第二組合,其索引值為索引2,表示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作組合。第四節點為第二節點配置一個第三組合,其索引值為索引3,表示對應索引1的可用性組合和索引2的多工操作組合。當第四節點通知或指示索引為3的第三組合時,即表示指示第二節點按照索引3的第三組合判定索引1的第一組合對應的一個或多個時間單位的可用性組合,以及判定索引2的第二組合對應的一個或多個時間單位的多工操作組合。For example, the fourth node configures a first combination for the second node, and its index value is index 1, which represents the availability indication of one or more time units. The fourth node configures a second combination for the second node, and its index value is index 2, which represents a combination of multiple operations in one or more time units. The fourth node configures a third combination for the second node, and its index value is index 3, which represents the availability combination of index 1 and the multiplexing operation combination of index 2. When the fourth node informs or indicates the third combination of index 3, it means that the second node is instructed to determine the availability combination of one or more time units corresponding to the first combination of index 1 according to the third combination of index 3, and determine The second combination of index 2 corresponds to the multiplex operation combination of one or more time units.

在一種示例中,第四節點可以為第二節點配置TDM和no-TDM的時域分佈,示例性地,第二節點的TDM和no-TDM時域分佈可以如圖10所示。第二節點,或者,第二節點的一個IAB-DU,或者,第二節點的一個DU cell可以對應一個或多個可用性和多工操作組合,該可用性和多工操作組合中的一個組合對應0個或若干時間單位的可用性,以及0個或一定數量時間單位的多工操作。In an example, the fourth node may configure the time domain distribution of TDM and no-TDM for the second node. Illustratively, the time domain distribution of TDM and no-TDM of the second node may be as shown in FIG. 10. The second node, or one IAB-DU of the second node, or one DU cell of the second node can correspond to one or more combinations of availability and multiplexing operation, and one combination of the combination of availability and multiplexing operation corresponds to 0 Availability of one or several time units, and 0 or a certain number of multiple time units.

如圖11所示,第四節點可以透過信令配置對應TDM和no-TDM的時間單位的一個或多個組合,每個組合對應一個組合ID。圖11中示出了多個組合ID,每個組合ID可以對應一個或多個時間單位。若時間單位對應TDM,則組合ID中對應的時間單位的指示內容為可用性指示,該可用性指示可以為表2的其中一項;若時間單位對應no-TDM,則組合ID中對應的時間單位的指示內容為多工操作組合指示,該多工操作組合可以為表1或表3中的一項。其中,指示多工操作組合的時間單位的顆粒度(granularity)和指示可用性的時間單位的顆粒度可以相同,也可以不同。As shown in Figure 11, the fourth node can configure one or more combinations of time units corresponding to TDM and no-TDM through signaling, and each combination corresponds to a combination ID. FIG. 11 shows multiple combination IDs, and each combination ID can correspond to one or more time units. If the time unit corresponds to TDM, the indication content of the corresponding time unit in the combination ID is an availability indicator, which can be one of the items in Table 2; if the time unit corresponds to no-TDM, the corresponding time unit in the combination ID The instruction content is a multi-task operation combination instruction, and the multi-task operation combination can be one of Table 1 or Table 3. Wherein, the granularity of the time unit indicating the multiplexing operation combination and the granularity of the time unit indicating the availability may be the same or different.

第四節點也可以為第二節點配置一個或多個組合,該組合可以用於指示幀結構方向判定的時間單位的多工操作,或者,指示幀結構為F的時間單位的幀結構。其中,幀結構對應3GPP的TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態,一個狀態指示一個時槽的幀結構,一個時間單位的多工操作對應剩餘的158個狀態中的若干個狀態,其中索引範圍為TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1中97~254,對應表1中若干含義對應的多工操作。The fourth node may also configure one or more combinations for the second node. The combinations may be used to indicate the multiplexing operation of the time unit of the frame structure direction determination, or indicate the frame structure of the time unit of F. Among them, the frame structure corresponds to the 57 states in Table 11.1.1-1 of 3GPP TS38213-g20 and the 41 states in Table 14-2. One state indicates the frame structure of one time slot, and the multiplexing operation of one time unit corresponds to the remaining Several of the 158 states, the index range is 97~254 in TS38213-g20 table 11.1.1-1, corresponding to the multiple operations corresponding to the meanings in Table 1.

對於圖12中的IAB-MT幀結構配置,第二節點可以按照表1指示的第一操作組合進行多工操作。比如,第四節點為第二節點配置的組合ID為1的多工操作組合和幀結構組合為[索引2 索引2 幀結構索引1 索引1 索引1],其中,索引1對應表1中索引1對應的含義,索引2對應表1中索引2對應的含義,幀結構索引1對應TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1中0~96和255範圍內的索引。或者,第二節點也可以按照表4指示的第一操作組合進行多工操作。例如,第四節點為第二節點配置組合ID為1的多工操作組合和幀結構組合為[索引17 索引17 幀結構索引1 索引57 索引57]。For the IAB-MT frame structure configuration in FIG. 12, the second node can perform multiplexing operations according to the first operation combination indicated in Table 1. For example, the fourth node configures the second node to configure the multiplex operation combination and frame structure combination with a combination ID of 1 as [index 2 index 2 frame structure index 1 index 1 index 1], where index 1 corresponds to index 1 in Table 1. Corresponding meaning, index 2 corresponds to the meaning of index 2 in Table 1, and frame structure index 1 corresponds to the indexes in the range of 0~96 and 255 in Table 11.1.1-1 of TS38213-g20. Alternatively, the second node may also perform multiplexing operations according to the first operation combination indicated in Table 4. For example, the fourth node configures the multiplex operation combination and frame structure combination with the combination ID of 1 for the second node as [index 17 index 17 frame structure index 1 index 57 index 57].

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。In an example, when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the unit of the first type of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication; When the transmission direction indicated by an operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the second type unit of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication.

在一種示例中,第四節點為第二節點配置一個組合ID,該組合ID對應一個或多個時間單位的多工操作。若該多工操作對應的一個時間單位的多工操作與第二節點的這一時間單位的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU資源的半靜態傳輸方向(或動態傳輸方向)不一致,則第四節點配置的多工操作改變該時間單位的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向。In an example, the fourth node configures a combined ID for the second node, and the combined ID corresponds to a multiplexing operation of one or more time units. If the multiplexing operation of a time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation is inconsistent with the semi-static transmission direction (or dynamic transmission direction) of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU resources of this time unit of the second node, then the fourth The multiplexing operation configured by the node changes the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU of the time unit.

示例性地,第二節點的IAB-MT的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL DL DL F UL],第二節點的IAB-DU的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL F UL UL UL]。對於第3個時間單位,IAB-MT可執行的操作為下行接收,IAB-DU可執行的操作為上行接收,也即第3個時間單位可以執行的操作為Case B的多工,當第四節點為第二節點配置的第一操作組合所對應的第3個時間單位為Case C的多工操作,即指示IAB-MT執行下行接收,IAB-DU執行下行發送,那麼基於第一操作組合對應的Case C的多工操作將第3個時間單位對應的IAB-DU的傳輸方向更改為DL。Exemplarily, the frame structure of 5 time units of IAB-MT of the second node is configured as [DL DL DL F UL], and the frame structure of 5 time units of IAB-DU of the second node is configured as [DL F UL UL UL]. For the third time unit, the operation that IAB-MT can perform is downlink reception, and the operation that IAB-DU can perform is uplink reception, that is, the operation that can be performed in the third time unit is Case B's multiplexing. The third time unit corresponding to the first operation combination configured by the node for the second node is the multiplexing operation of Case C, that is, the IAB-MT is instructed to perform downlink reception, and the IAB-DU performs downlink transmission. Then the first operation combination corresponds to The multiplexing operation of Case C changes the transmission direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the third time unit to DL.

在一種示例中,第四節點為第二節點配置或指示一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,若該組合對應的第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,則第四節點配置或指示的對應時間單位的多工操作和IAB-MT的傳輸方向。In an example, the fourth node configures or indicates the first operation combination of one or more time units for the second node, and if the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT time unit of the second node corresponding to the combination is F, then The multiplexing operation of the corresponding time unit and the transmission direction of the IAB-MT configured or instructed by the fourth node.

示例性地,假設第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為F,若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的時間單位的幀結構配置為UL。對於該時間單位,IAB-MT的操作為彈性,IAB-DU的操作為上行接收。若第四節點為第二節點配置或指示的這一時間單位為Case B的多工操作,那麼第二節點的IAB-MT執行下行接收,並且IAB-DU可以同時執行上行接收。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as F, and if the frame structure of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as UL. For this time unit, the operation of IAB-MT is flexible, and the operation of IAB-DU is uplink reception. If the time unit configured or instructed by the fourth node for the second node is the multiplexing operation of Case B, then the IAB-MT of the second node performs downlink reception, and the IAB-DU can perform uplink reception at the same time.

在一種示例中,在第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向與第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,在第二節點的第二類單元的資源傳輸方向與第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;其中,發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示第一操作組合的信令和指示第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。In an example, when the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, the first type unit of the second node is determined according to the notification signaling that is sent later. And/or, when the resource transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, determine the second node’s second node according to the notification signaling sent later The transmission direction of the second type unit; wherein, the notification signaling with a later transmission time includes the signaling indicating the first operation combination and the signaling indicating the resource direction of the second node.

例如,第四節點為第二節點配置的一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,若該組合對應第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,且F資源被指示為方向1,多工操作對應的IAB-MT的該時間單位的方向為方向2,則按照後到的指示信令判定IAB-MT的F資源的傳輸方向。其中,方向1可以為DL或UL,方向2也可以為DL或UL。For example, the fourth node configures the first operation combination of one or more time units for the second node, if the combination corresponds to the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT time unit of the second node as F, and the F resource is indicated as In direction 1, the direction of the time unit of the IAB-MT corresponding to the multiplexing operation is direction 2, and the transmission direction of the F resource of the IAB-MT is determined according to the subsequent indication signaling. Wherein, direction 1 can be DL or UL, and direction 2 can also be DL or UL.

示例性地,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的方向為F,在時刻1,第二節點收到了一個DCI format 2_0指示這個時間單位方向為UL。在時刻2(時刻2晚於時刻1)第四節點將這個時間單位配置為Case B的多工操作,那麼基於該多工操作將IAB-MT的這一時間單位的方向判定為DL。Exemplarily, the direction of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is F, and at time 1, the second node receives a DCI format 2_0 indicating that the direction of this time unit is UL. At time 2 (time 2 is later than time 1), the fourth node configures this time unit as a multiplexing operation of Case B, and then the direction of this time unit of IAB-MT is determined as DL based on the multiplexing operation.

在一種示例中,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定;或者,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定。In an example, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the second node The timing determination of the time unit of the component carrier of the first type unit.

在一種示例中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向。In an example, in a case where a multiplex operation on a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of type F resources of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the type F resources; and/or , In the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the F-type resource.

或者,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在所述第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向。Or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the flexible transmission of type F resources of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates that when the second node performs the multiplex operation, the F type resource And/or, in the case that a multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of type F resources of the second type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates that multiple operations are performed at the second node During work operation, the transmission direction of the F-type resource.

在一種示例中,第二節點的IAB-DU的一個時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,第四節點為第二節點配置這個時間單位的多工操作。第四節點配置的多工操作對應這個時間單位的方向更改這個時間單位的IAB-DU的方向,或者當IAB-MT被調度時在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位,IAB-DU可執行的操作。In an example, the resource transmission direction of one time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is F, and the fourth node configures the second node with multiplexing operations of this time unit. The multiplexing operation configured by the fourth node corresponds to the direction of this time unit to change the direction of the IAB-DU of this time unit, or when the IAB-MT is scheduled in the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU, the operations that the IAB-DU can perform .

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為DL,若第二節點對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。對於IAB-DU的這個時間單位,IAB-DU的多工操作為F,即IAB-DU可利用該資源調度第三節點下行接收或調度第三節點上行發送。當第四節點為第二節點配置這一時間單位為Case B的多工操作,即若第二節點執行多工,那麼在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位,IAB-DU可以執行上行接收,或者將IAB-DU的F判定為UL。For example, the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as DL, if the frame structure of the time unit of the IAB-DU corresponding to the second node is configured as F. For this time unit of the IAB-DU, the multiplexing operation of the IAB-DU is F, that is, the IAB-DU can use the resource to schedule the third node to receive downlink or to schedule the third node to transmit uplink. When the fourth node configures this time unit for the second node as the multiplexing operation of Case B, that is, if the second node performs multiplexing, then in the corresponding IAB-DU time unit, the IAB-DU can perform uplink reception, or The F of the IAB-DU is judged to be UL.

上述對應的IAB-DU的時間單位與IAB-MT所對應的時間單位的關係為以下至少之一:The relationship between the corresponding IAB-DU time unit and the time unit corresponding to IAB-MT is at least one of the following:

IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位完全重合;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位部分交疊;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者中的一個在時間跨度上包含另外一個;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者的交集部分。The time unit corresponding to IAB-DU completely overlaps with the scheduled time unit of IAB-MT; the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU partially overlaps the scheduled time unit of IAB-MT; the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU overlaps with IAB-MT One of the scheduled time units includes the other in the time span; the intersection of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU and the scheduled time unit of the IAB-MT.

在一種示例中,若第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,第四節點為第二節點配置的第一操作組合。第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源被第四節點指示為方向1,第四節點配置的第一操作組合對應這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,那麼IAB-DU的方向被判定為方向2。In an example, if the resource transmission direction of the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is F, the fourth node is the first operation combination configured by the second node. The F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is indicated by the fourth node as direction 1. The first operation combination configured by the fourth node corresponds to the direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation of this time unit is direction 2, then IAB- The direction of the DU is judged to be direction 2.

可選地,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第四節點指示為方向1,在時刻2第四節點配置的第一操作組合對應這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,若時刻2晚於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向2;若時刻2早於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向1。若時刻1和時刻2屬於同一個時刻或誤差範圍內的同一時刻,則兩個信令所對應的傳輸方向不衝突。Optionally, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is indicated as direction 1 by the fourth node at time 1, and the first operation combination configured by the fourth node at time 2 corresponds to the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation of this time unit. The direction of DU is direction 2. If time 2 is later than time 1, the direction of the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU is direction 2; if time 2 is earlier than time 1, the direction of the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU is direction 1. . If time 1 and time 2 belong to the same time or the same time within the error range, the transmission directions corresponding to the two signalings do not conflict.

可選地,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第四節點指示為方向1,在時刻2第四節點配置的第一操作組合對應這個時間單位的多工操作對應的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,則方向1和方向2不衝突。Optionally, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is indicated as direction 1 by the fourth node at time 1, and the first operation combination configured by the fourth node at time 2 corresponds to the IAB-DU corresponding to the multiplex operation of this time unit. The direction of the DU is direction 2, then direction 1 and direction 2 do not conflict.

可選地,在一種示例中,第一操作組合可以指示在第二節點進行多工操作時,第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向,和/或,第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向。Optionally, in an example, the first operation combination may indicate the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs multiplexing operation, and/or the transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node Transmission direction.

例如,第四節點配置當IAB-MT被調度時,IAB-DU在對應的時間單位可執行的操作。For example, the fourth node configures the operations that the IAB-DU can perform in the corresponding time unit when the IAB-MT is scheduled.

第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為DL,若第二節點對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。對於IAB-DU的這個時間單位,IAB-DU的操作為彈性,即IAB-DU可利用這個資源調度第三節點下行接收或調度第三節點上行發送。當第四節點為第二節點配置這個時間單位為Case B的多工操作,即若第二節點執行多工,那麼在對應的第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位,第二節點的IAB-DU可以執行上行接收,或者可以將IAB-DU的F更新為多工操作對應的方向。例如,將IAB-DU的F更新為UL。The frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as DL, if the frame structure of the time unit of the IAB-DU corresponding to the second node is configured as F. For this time unit of the IAB-DU, the operation of the IAB-DU is flexible, that is, the IAB-DU can use this resource to schedule the third node for downlink reception or schedule the third node for uplink transmission. When the fourth node configures this time unit for the second node as the multiplexing operation of Case B, that is, if the second node performs multiplexing, then the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU of the second node, the IAB-DU of the second node The DU can perform uplink reception, or the F of the IAB-DU can be updated to the direction corresponding to the multiplexing operation. For example, update F of IAB-DU to UL.

在一種示例中,第四節點向第二節點配置一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,該一個時間單位的多工動作表示第二節點按照多工操作對應的以下因素中的至少之一執行發射或接收:功率、波束、埠;或者,一個時間單位的多工動作表示第二節點的第二類單元按照多工操作對應的以下因素中的至少之一調度第三節點:功率、波束、埠。In an example, the fourth node configures one or more time unit multiplexing operations to the second node, and the one time unit multiplexing action means that the second node executes according to at least one of the following factors corresponding to the multiplexing operation Transmit or receive: power, beam, port; or, a multiplexing action of one time unit means that the second type unit of the second node schedules the third node according to at least one of the following factors corresponding to the multiplexing operation: power, beam, port.

第四節點同第二節點協商,當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元所執行的操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The fourth node negotiates with the second node. When the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the operation performed by the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node corresponds to at least one of power, beam, and port one.

第四節點配置當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元所執行的操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The fourth node configuration: When the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the operation performed by the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node corresponds to at least one of power, beam, and port.

第二節點的第一類單元的功率包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的功率、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的功率。第二節點的第二類單元的功率包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元向第三節點(即第二節點的子節點)發送資料時的功率、第二節點的第二類單元接收第三節點的資料時的接收功率。The power of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission power of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception power of the first type unit of the second node. The power of the second type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the power when the second type unit of the second node sends data to the third node (that is, the child node of the second node), and the second type of the second node The received power when the unit receives data from the third node.

第二節點的第一類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的波束、第二節點的第二類單元的下行發送的波束。The beam of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The beam of the second type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink received beam of the second type unit of the second node, and the downlink transmission beam of the second type unit of the second node.

第二節點的第一類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的下行發送的埠、第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的埠。The port of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The port of the second-type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: a downstream transmission port of the second-type unit of the second node, and an upstream receiving port of the second-type unit of the second node.

第四節點同第二節點的協商程序可以包括:第四節點接收第二節點上報的多工操作對應的功率、波束、埠三者中的至少之一的推薦值或推薦配置,第四節點配置第二節點所執行的多工操作對應功率、波束、埠中的至少之一。The negotiation procedure between the fourth node and the second node may include: the fourth node receives the recommended value or recommended configuration of at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation reported by the second node, and the fourth node Configure at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation performed by the second node.

上述第二節點調度第三節點的操作包括調度第三節點進行上行發送或下行接收。The foregoing operation of scheduling the third node by the second node includes scheduling the third node for uplink transmission or downlink reception.

在一種示例中,第四節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個波束組合,一個波束組合對應一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊,一個組合對應一個索引。In an example, the fourth node may configure one or more beam combinations for the second node, one beam combination corresponds to one or more time units of beam information, and one combination corresponds to one index.

上述波束資訊可以包括以下至少之一:The aforementioned beam information may include at least one of the following:

對應第二節點的第一類單元的接收波束;對應第二節點的第一類單元的發送波束;對應第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;對應第二節點的第二類單元的發送波束。The receiving beam corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; the receiving beam corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the second type unit corresponding to the second node Beam.

上述發送或接收波束可以透過關聯對應的參考信號指示對應的發送或接收波束資訊。在NR中TCI用關聯的參考信號指示接收波束,SRI用關聯的參考信號指示發射波束。The above-mentioned transmitting or receiving beam may indicate the corresponding transmitting or receiving beam information by associating the corresponding reference signal. In NR, TCI uses an associated reference signal to indicate a receiving beam, and SRI uses an associated reference signal to indicate a transmitting beam.

例如,第四節點利用NR中的TCI指示第二節點的波束組合,比如指示第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;第四節點利用NR中的SRI指示第二節點的波束組合,比如指示第二節點的第一類單元或第二節點的第二類單元的發射波束。For example, the fourth node uses the TCI in the NR to indicate the beam combination of the second node, such as indicating the receiving beam of the first-type unit of the second node or the second-type unit of the second node; the fourth node uses the SRI in the NR to indicate The beam combination of the second node, for example, indicates the transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node or the second type unit of the second node.

在一種示例中,第四節點可以為第二節點配置一個或多個埠組合,一個埠組合對應一個或多個時間單位的埠資訊,一個組合對應一個索引。In an example, the fourth node may configure one or more port combinations for the second node, one port combination corresponds to one or more time units of port information, and one combination corresponds to one index.

上述埠資訊包括以下至少之一:The aforementioned port information includes at least one of the following:

對應第二節點的第一類單元的接收埠;對應第二節點的第一類單元的發送埠;對應第二節點的第二類單元的接收埠;對應第二節點的第二類單元的發送埠。The receiving port of the first type unit corresponding to the second node; the sending port of the first type unit corresponding to the second node; the receiving port of the second type unit corresponding to the second node; the sending port of the second type unit corresponding to the second node port.

第四節點也可以為第二節點的一個多工操作配置一個或多個波束組合,該波束組合可以向第二節點指示,當第二節點在對應的時間單位上執行對應的多工操作時,發送或接收波束。該發送或接收波束可以理解為第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元發送波束或接收波束。The fourth node may also configure one or more beam combinations for a multiplexing operation of the second node. The beam combinations may indicate to the second node that when the second node performs the corresponding multiplexing operation on the corresponding time unit, Send or receive beam. The transmitting or receiving beam can be understood as the transmitting beam or the receiving beam of the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node.

例如,第四節點可以向第二節點的Case A的多工操作方式配置一個或多個波束組合。該 Case A的多工操作方式的一個波束組合的含義為指示第二節點,當第二節點執行Case A的多工操作時,對應第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元的一個或多個時間單位發送或接收波束。For example, the fourth node may configure one or more beam combinations to the case A multiplex operation mode of the second node. The meaning of a beam combination of the multiplexing operation mode of Case A is to indicate the second node. When the second node performs the multiplexing operation of Case A, it corresponds to one of the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node. Multiple time units transmit or receive beams.

在一種示例中,第四節點配置的第一操作組合可以為以下至少之一:FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited。第二節點的IAB-DU和第二節點的IAB-MT對應的頻域資源為正交資源,FDM可以理解為第二節點頻分地執行多工操作,SDM可以表示第二節點空分地執行多工操作,No-limited可以表示不限定第二節點頻分或空分地執行多工操作。例如,第二節點在一個時間單位上頻分且空分地執行Case A,即表示IAB-DU執行發送操作,IAB-MT也執行發送操作,IAB-DU所佔用的頻域資源1和IAB-MT所佔用的頻域資源2頻域正交。IAB-DU執行發送對應的空間波束1和IAB-MT執行發送對應的空間波束2相互不會造成干擾或干擾較小。其中,是否造成干擾或是否造成的干擾較小可以透過門限值判斷,門限值即為預設值,或者雙方協定的,或者對應接收機上報的干擾觀測量。In an example, the first operation combination of the fourth node configuration may be at least one of the following: FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited. The frequency domain resources corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node and the IAB-MT of the second node are orthogonal resources. FDM can be understood as the frequency division of the second node to perform multiplexing operations, and SDM can mean that the second node performs space division. Multiplex operation, No-limited can mean that the second node is not limited to frequency or space division to perform multiplex operations. For example, if the second node performs Case A frequency and space division in a time unit, it means that IAB-DU performs the transmission operation, and IAB-MT also performs the transmission operation. The frequency domain resources 1 and IAB-DU occupied by IAB-DU Frequency domain resources occupied by MT 2 are orthogonal in frequency domain. The space beam 1 corresponding to the IAB-DU transmission and the space beam 2 corresponding to the IAB-MT transmission will not cause or have little interference with each other. Among them, whether the interference is caused or whether the interference is small can be judged through the threshold value. The threshold value is a preset value, or agreed by both parties, or corresponds to the interference observation reported by the receiver.

在一種示例中,第四節點可以配置一個或多個第一操作組合,該一個第一操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位,一個時間單位的多工樣式可以為如表5所示的各種含義。In an example, the fourth node can be configured with one or more first operation combinations, and the first operation combination corresponds to one or more time units. The multiplexing style of one time unit can have various meanings as shown in Table 5. .

在一種示例中,第四節點也可以接收第二節點上報的期望的第一操作組合,該期望的第一操作組合可以包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作。一個時間單位的多工操作可以包括TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited中的一個或多個。In an example, the fourth node may also receive the desired first operation combination reported by the second node, and the desired first operation combination may include one or more time units of multiplexing operations. The multiplex operation of a time unit may include one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited.

可選地,第四節點可以接收第二節點上報的若干時間單位對應的期望第一操作組合,第二節點上報的第一操作組合可以如圖7所示。或者,第四節點也可以接收第二節點上報的對應IAB-DU的期望第一操作組合;或者,接收第二節點上報的對應DU cell的期望第一操作組合;或者,接收第二節點上報的對應IAB-MT分量載波(Component Carrier)和IAB-DU cell對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)的期望第一操作組合。Optionally, the fourth node may receive the desired first operation combination corresponding to several time units reported by the second node, and the first operation combination reported by the second node may be as shown in FIG. 7. Alternatively, the fourth node may also receive the expected first operation combination corresponding to the IAB-DU reported by the second node; or, receive the expected first operation combination of the corresponding DU cell reported by the second node; or, receive the second node The reported first operation combination corresponding to the IAB-MT component carrier (Component Carrier) and IAB-DU cell pair ({MT CC, DU cell}pair).

可選地,第四節點也可以接收第二節點按資源型別上報的期望的多工操作。比如,第四節點接收第二節點上報的當DU資源為方向1時期望對應的多工操作為多工操作1,其中,方向1可以為以下至少之一:DL,F,UL,多工操作1可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited中的一個或多個;或者,第四節點可以接收第二節點上報的當DU資源為方向1和IAB-MT資源為方向2時期望的多工操作;或者,第四節點可以接收第二節點上報的當IAB-MT資源為方向1時期望的多工操作。其中,DU資源可以表示一個IAB-DU的資源或一個IAB-DU對應的一個細胞的資源,IAB-MT的資源可以表示對應的IAB-MT的資源或IAB-MT的一個分量載波的資源。Optionally, the fourth node may also receive the desired multiplexing operation reported by the second node according to the resource type. For example, when the fourth node receives the DU resource reported by the second node as direction 1, it expects the corresponding multiplex operation to be multiplex operation 1, where direction 1 can be at least one of the following: DL, F, UL, multiplex Operation 1 can be one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited; or, the fourth node can receive the second node The reported multiplexing operation expected when the DU resource is the direction 1 and the IAB-MT resource is the direction 2; or the fourth node can receive the expected multiplexing when the IAB-MT resource is the direction 1 reported by the second node operate. Wherein, the DU resource may refer to the resource of one IAB-DU or the resource of one cell corresponding to one IAB-DU, and the resource of IAB-MT may refer to the resource of the corresponding IAB-MT or the resource of one component carrier of the IAB-MT.

圖14為本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖,該方法可以應用於第二節點,如圖14所示,該方法可以包括但不限於以下步驟:FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification. The method may be applied to the second node. As shown in FIG. 14, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:

S1401、第二節點獲取第一操作組合。S1401. The second node obtains the first operation combination.

如圖1所示,該第二節點可以為第一節點的子節點,第二節點獲取的第一操作組合可以包括以下任意一項:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構的組合、多工操作與可用性的組合。As shown in Figure 1, the second node may be a child node of the first node, and the first operation combination obtained by the second node may include any of the following: multiplex operation combination, multiplex operation and frame structure combination, multiple Combination of workmanship and usability.

可選地,該第二節點獲取的第一操作組合可以為第一節點或第四節點配置的組合,也可以為第一節點指示的組合。Optionally, the first operation combination obtained by the second node may be a combination configured by the first node or the fourth node, or may be a combination indicated by the first node.

S1402、第二節點根據第一操作組合判定傳輸方向。S1402. The second node determines the transmission direction according to the first operation combination.

上述傳輸方向可以為一個或多個時間單位的傳輸方向。The above-mentioned transmission direction may be a transmission direction of one or more time units.

可選地,上述第二節點也可以根據獲取的第一操作組合判定傳輸方向、傳輸方向和可用性、傳輸方向和幀結構中的至少之一。Optionally, the foregoing second node may also determine at least one of the transmission direction, the transmission direction and availability, the transmission direction, and the frame structure according to the acquired first operation combination.

示例性地,上述多工操作組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、不受限no-limited中的任意一個、其中,多工方式一可以理解為上述Case A的情況,多工方式二可以理解為Case B的情況,多工方式三可以理解為Case C的情況,多工方式四可以理解為Case D的情況。Exemplarily, the foregoing multiplexing operation combination indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplexing operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, multiplexing mode one, and multiplexing mode two. , Multiplex mode three, multiplex mode four, unlimited no-limited, among them, multiplex mode one can be understood as the case of case A above, multiplex mode two can be understood as the case of case b, more Working mode three can be understood as the case of Case C, and multi-working mode four can be understood as the case of Case D.

多工操作與幀結構組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the frame structure of one or more time units of the second node.

多工操作與可用性組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。The combination of multiplexing operation and availability indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

本說明書實施例提供了一種多工操作方法,該方法包括第二節點獲取第一操作組合,第二節點根據第一操作組合判定傳輸方向、傳輸方向和可用性、傳輸方向和幀結構中的至少之一。這樣可以實作第二節點與其父節點對多工操作組合的統一理解,從而使得第二節點可以根據第一操作組合有效地執行對應的多工操作。The embodiment of this specification provides a multiplexing operation method, which includes a second node acquiring a first operation combination, and the second node determines at least one of a transmission direction, a transmission direction and availability, a transmission direction, and a frame structure according to the first operation combination. one. In this way, the second node and its parent node can realize a unified understanding of the multiplexing operation combination, so that the second node can effectively perform the corresponding multiplexing operation according to the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,上述步驟S1401的實作方式可以包括以下實作方式:In an example, the implementation manner of step S1401 may include the following implementation manners:

第二節點透過通知信令獲取第一節點指示的第一操作組合的組合ID,其中,通知信令包括F1-AP信令、RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI中的任意一個,DCI包括DCI format 2_x,或者DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0。The second node obtains the combined ID of the first operation combination indicated by the first node through notification signaling, where the notification signaling includes any one of F1-AP signaling, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and DCI, and DCI includes DCI format 2_x, or DCI format 2_5, or DCI format 2_0.

示例性地,上述DCI可以透過第一RNTI交錯編碼。Exemplarily, the aforementioned DCI may be interleaved and coded through the first RNTI.

第二節點可以根據接收到的第一節點發送的高層信令判定若干時間單位對應的多工操作組合。示例性地,一個多工操作的配置示例可以如圖7所示。例如,若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為Case A,則第二節點判斷其可以在這一時間單位執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的Case A的多工操作。若一個時間單位對應的多工操作為Case A和Case D,則第二節點判斷其可以在這一時間單位執行IAB-MT和IAB-DU的Case A和Case D的多工操作。或者,一個時間單位內的IAB-MT的幀結構包括DL和UL,IAB-DU的幀結構包括UL和DL,IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊,IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊,那麼第二節點收到信令指示這一時間單位的多工操作組合指示為Case A和Case B,則表示第二節點可以在IAB-MT的DL資源與IAB-DU的UL資源重疊或部分交疊部分執行Case B的多工操作,IAB-MT的UL資源與IAB-DU的DL資源重複或部分交疊部分執行Case A的多工操作。The second node may determine the multiplex operation combination corresponding to several time units according to the received high-level signaling sent by the first node. Illustratively, a configuration example of multiplexing operation may be as shown in FIG. 7. For example, if the multiplexing operation corresponding to a time unit is Case A, the second node determines that it can perform the multiplexing operation of Case A of IAB-MT and IAB-DU in this time unit. If the multiplex operations corresponding to a time unit are Case A and Case D, the second node determines that it can perform the multiplex operations of Case A and Case D of IAB-MT and IAB-DU in this time unit. Or, the frame structure of IAB-MT in one time unit includes DL and UL, the frame structure of IAB-DU includes UL and DL, the DL resource of IAB-MT overlaps or partially overlaps the UL resource of IAB-DU, IAB- The UL resource of the MT overlaps or partially overlaps the DL resource of the IAB-DU, then the second node receives the signaling indicating that the multiplex operation combination of this time unit is indicated as Case A and Case B, which means that the second node can be in The DL resource of IAB-MT overlaps or partially overlaps the UL resource of IAB-DU to perform the multiplexing operation of Case B, and the UL resource of IAB-MT overlaps or partially overlaps the DL resource of IAB-DU to perform Case A. Multitasking operation.

可選地,若第二節點以MAC CE的方式獲取第一節點指示的生效的第一操作組合,那麼可以透過MAC CE包含的一個指示欄位指示該組合ID。或者,以RRC信令指示生效的第一操作組合時,可以以RRC中的資訊元素(Information Element,IE)欄位指示該組合ID。Optionally, if the second node obtains the effective first operation combination indicated by the first node in the manner of MAC CE, the combination ID can be indicated through an indication field included in the MAC CE. Or, when the RRC signaling is used to indicate the effective first operation combination, the information element (Information Element, IE) field in the RRC may be used to indicate the combination ID.

可選地,上述步驟S1401的實作方式還可以包括第二節點以約定或預設的方式從配置的第一操作組合中獲取第一操作組合的組合ID。例如,從配置的一個或多個第一操作組合的組合ID中獲取一個第一操作組合的組合ID。Optionally, the implementation manner of step S1401 may further include that the second node obtains the combination ID of the first operation combination from the configured first operation combination in an agreed or preset manner. For example, a combination ID of a first operation combination is obtained from one or more configured combination IDs of the first operation combination.

可選地,第二節點獲取的第一操作組合可以包括偏移量,第二節點可以根據偏移量判定通知信令生效的時間,該通知信令即為用於指示第一操作組合的信令,一個偏移量對應一個或多個多工操作組合。例如,第二節點在時刻K1收到多工指示配置信令,配置信令中攜帶的偏移量為delta,則第二節點判斷多工操作組合指示資訊在K1+delta開始生效。Optionally, the first operation combination acquired by the second node may include an offset, and the second node may determine the effective time of the notification signaling according to the offset, and the notification signaling is the information used to indicate the first operation combination. Let, an offset corresponds to one or more multiple operation combinations. For example, if the second node receives the multiplexing indication configuration signaling at time K1, and the offset carried in the configuration signaling is delta, the second node determines that the multiplexing operation combination indication information starts to take effect at K1+delta.

偏移量可以包括以下時間顆粒度中的至少之一:無線幀,子幀,時槽,OFDM符號。The offset may include at least one of the following temporal granularity: radio frame, subframe, time slot, OFDM symbol.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合,可以按照以下至少之一判定一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,例如:In an example, the second node receives the first operation combination configured and/or indicated by the first node and/or the fourth node, and may determine the multiplexing operation of one or more time units according to at least one of the following, for example:

第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位為第一操作組合的週期,即第一操作組合週期地起作用。例如,一個第一操作組合對應若干時間單位,則這若干個時間單位對應的多工操作將週期性地生效直到第一節點或第四節點再次為第二節點配置和/或指示第一操作組合。The one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the period of the first operation combination, that is, the first operation combination functions periodically. For example, if a first operation combination corresponds to several time units, the multiplex operations corresponding to these several time units will take effect periodically until the first node or the fourth node configures the second node again and/or instructs the first operation combination .

或者,第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位數目即為第一操作組合所對應的時間單位數目,第二節點判定對應數量的時間單位的操作組合,第二節點判斷第一操作組合不重複起作用。Or, the number of one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination is the number of time units corresponding to the first operation combination, the second node determines the operation combination of the corresponding number of time units, and the second node determines whether the first operation combination is not. Repeatedly work.

或者,第二節點根據約定或接收第一節點或第四節點配置的第一操作組合生效次數判定多工操作,即第一操作組合重複性地起作用若干次。例如,第二節點接收第一節點配置的第一操作組合生效次數為1,則第二節點判定此第一操作組合將重複性地生效1次。Alternatively, the second node determines the multiplexing operation according to the number of effective times of the first operation combination configured or received by the first node or the fourth node, that is, the first operation combination acts repeatedly several times. For example, if the number of valid times of the first operation combination configured by the second node received by the first node is 1, the second node determines that the first operation combination will be valid once repeatedly.

在一種示例中,對於一個時間單位,第二節點的一個時間單位沒有被配置和/或指示對應的多工操作,那麼按照約定的一種多工操作執行。In an example, for a time unit, a time unit of the second node is not configured and/or a corresponding multiplexing operation is not instructed, then a predetermined multiplexing operation is executed.

上述約定的一種多工操作方式是固定約定一種預設多工操作,預設多工操作可以包括以下至少之一:TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM。例如,約定多工操作為TDM。One of the aforementioned agreed multiplexing operation modes is a fixed agreement of a preset multiplexing operation, and the preset multiplexing operation may include at least one of the following: TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, and no-TDM. For example, the agreed multiplexing operation is TDM.

或者,約定的一種多工操作方式可以是根據第二類單元的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU對應一個時間單位對應的傳輸方向約定一個多工操作。例如,對於一個時間單位,對應第二節點的IAB-DU的DL,對應第二節點的IAB-MT的UL,則約定此時間單位的多工操作為Case A。Alternatively, an agreed multiplexing operation mode may be to agree on a multiplexing operation according to the transmission direction corresponding to one time unit of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU of the second type of unit. For example, for a time unit, corresponding to the DL of the IAB-DU of the second node and the UL of the IAB-MT of the second node, it is agreed that the multiplexing operation of this time unit is Case A.

在一種示例中,上述步驟S1401可以包括但不限於以下幾種情況:In an example, the foregoing step S1401 may include but is not limited to the following situations:

第二節點獲取配置的第二節點的第一操作組合;或者,第二節點獲取配置的第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;或者,第二節點獲取配置的所述第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的第一操作組合;或者,第二節點獲取配置的所述第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波和第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞對({IAB-MT CC,IAB-DU cell}pair)的第一操作組合。The second node obtains the first operation combination of the configured second node; or, the second node obtains the first operation combination of the second type unit of the configured second node; or, the second node obtains the configured second node The first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, the second node obtains the configured component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node and the cell pair corresponding to the second type unit of the second node ( {IAB-MT CC, IAB-DU cell}pair) is the first operation combination.

即第二節點或第二節點的IAB-DU或第二節點的一個DU cell或第二節點的{IAB-MT CC,IAB-DU cell}可以被配置多套第一操作組合,每個第一操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位,每個多工操作組合對應一個組合ID。That is, the second node or the IAB-DU of the second node or a DU cell of the second node or the {IAB-MT CC, IAB-DU cell} of the second node can be configured with multiple sets of first operation combinations, and each first Operation combination corresponds to one or more time units, and each multiplex operation combination corresponds to a combination ID.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點或第四節點發送的信令,判定一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合,該第一操作組合表示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,在一個時間單位上的多工操作可以為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited的一個或多個。In an example, the second node receives the signaling sent by the first node or the fourth node, and determines a first operation combination of one or more time units, and the first operation combination represents a multiplex operation of one or more time units , The multiplexing operation in a time unit can be one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited.

或者,第二節點可以接收第一節點或第四節點發送的信令,判定對應第二節點的一個或多個DU cell的第一操作組合。Alternatively, the second node may receive the signaling sent by the first node or the fourth node, and determine the first operation combination of one or more DU cells corresponding to the second node.

對於同一個DU cell,第二節點可接收一個或多個第一操作組合。For the same DU cell, the second node may receive one or more first operation combinations.

例如,第二節點收到第一節點的高層信令判定一個DU cell的若干時間單位的第一操作組合,其配置示例如圖8所示。不同DU cell被配置的時間單位數目和對應時間單位的多工操作可以相同,也可以不同。比如,第二節點的IAB-DU的編號為1的DU cell對應的時間單位1被配置的多工操作為Case A,第二節點的IAB-DU的編號為2的DU cell在同一個時間單位(時間單位1)被配置為TDM的多工操作。For example, the second node receives high-level signaling from the first node to determine the first operation combination of several time units of a DU cell. The configuration example is shown in FIG. 8. The number of time units configured for different DU cells and the multiplexing operations of the corresponding time units can be the same or different. For example, the time unit 1 corresponding to the DU cell numbered 1 of the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as Case A, and the DU cell numbered 2 of the IAB-DU of the second node is in the same time unit (Time unit 1) is configured as a multiplex operation of TDM.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第四節點的F1-AP信令,判定第二節點或第二節點的IAB-DU或第二節點的DU cell被配置的一個或多個第一操作組合。示例性地,一個DU cell的一個第一操作組合的配置可以如圖7所示。In an example, the second node may receive the F1-AP signaling of the fourth node, and determine that the second node or the IAB-DU of the second node or the DU cell of the second node is configured with one or more first operation combinations . Exemplarily, the configuration of a first operation combination of a DU cell may be as shown in FIG. 7.

可選地,第二節點接收第四節點為IAB-DU配置的一個或多個第一操作組合,這一個或多個第一操作組合可以應用於一個IAB-DU對應的所有細胞。Optionally, the second node receives one or more first operation combinations configured for the IAB-DU by the fourth node, and the one or more first operation combinations may be applied to all cells corresponding to one IAB-DU.

或者,第二節點可以接收第四節點為第二節點的IAB-MT的分量載波和DU cell的組合{IAB-MT CC,IAB-DU cell}配置的一個或多個第一操作組合,第二節點判定一個{IAB-MTCC,IAB-DU cell}的第一樣式組合。Alternatively, the second node may receive one or more first operation combinations configured by the fourth node for the second node’s IAB-MT component carrier and DU cell combination {IAB-MT CC, IAB-DU cell}, and the second The node determines a first pattern combination of {IAB-MTCC, IAB-DU cell}.

示例性地,第二節點判定的一個{IAB-MT CC,IAB-DU cell}pair的一個第一操作組合可以如圖7所示。Exemplarily, a first operation combination of a {IAB-MT CC, IAB-DU cell} pair determined by the second node may be as shown in FIG. 7.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的MAC CE指示,以獲取一個組合ID,該組合ID對應索引的第一操作組合即為生效的第一操作組合。In an example, the second node may receive the MAC CE indication sent by the first node to obtain a combination ID, and the first operation combination corresponding to the index of the combination ID is the effective first operation combination.

示例性地,生效的方式可以包括以下至少之一:Exemplarily, the effective mode may include at least one of the following:

以第一操作組合對應的持續時間為週期重複生效,直至第一操作組合被更新;僅第一操作組合對應的時間單位生效,不週期地生效;MAC CE通知或第一節點和第二節點約定一個生效週期數1,第一操作組合生效1個週期,該週期為第一操作組合對應的一個或多個時間單位所對應的持續時間;週期性地生效,直到第一節點向第二節點發送新的MAC CE為止。Take the duration corresponding to the first operation combination as the cycle to take effect repeatedly until the first operation combination is updated; only the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination takes effect, not periodically; MAC CE notification or agreement between the first node and the second node A valid period is 1, the first operation combination is valid for 1 period, which is the duration corresponding to one or more time units corresponding to the first operation combination; it takes effect periodically until the first node sends to the second node Until the new MAC CE.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_x,判定一個第一操作組合。一個第一操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,一個時間單位的多工操作包括TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D中的一個或多個,每個第一操作組合由一個組合ID索引。In an example, the second node may receive the DCI format 2_x sent by the first node, and determine a first operation combination. A first operation combination corresponds to one or more time units of multiple operations. A time unit of multiple operations includes one or more of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. Each first operation Combinations are indexed by a combination ID.

示例性地,第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_x的一個索引欄位判定的一個第一操作組合,一個時間單位的多工操作由表1中的索引值指示。例如,第二節點接收第一節點的配置信令獲知一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合對應5個時間單位的多工操作,5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],表示此第一操作組合對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。Exemplarily, the second node receives a first operation combination determined by an index field of the DCI format 2_x sent by the first node, and the multiplex operation of one time unit is indicated by the index value in Table 1. For example, the second node receives the configuration signaling of the first node and learns that a first operation combination with a combination ID of 1 corresponds to 5 time units of multiplexing operations. The 5 time units of multiplexing operations are respectively [Index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4], indicating that the 5 time unit multiplex operations corresponding to this first operation combination are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D, respectively.

第二節點根據第一節點發送的第一操作組合指示MultiplexingModeIndicator獲取第一節點發送的第一操作組合索引,MultiplexingModeIndicator包括以下至少之一:The second node obtains the first operation combination index sent by the first node according to the first operation combination instruction MultiplexingModeIndicator sent by the first node, and the MultiplexingModeIndicator includes at least one of the following:

用於解擾實體層控制信令的ID或第一RNTI;實體層控制信令的資料淨載;潛在傳輸第一操作組合指示的搜索空間;多工指示資訊所對應的細胞索引;第一操作組合指示欄位在實體層控制信令中的位置;一個或多個第一操作組合;其中,第一操作組合包括以下至少之一:一個IAB-DU細胞的一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合;第一操作組合和第一操作組合的組合ID之間的對應關係。ID or first RNTI used to descramble the physical layer control signaling; the data payload of the physical layer control signaling; the search space for potential transmission of the first operation combination indication; the cell index corresponding to the multiplex indication information; the first operation The position of the combination indication field in the physical layer control signaling; one or more first operation combinations; wherein, the first operation combination includes at least one of the following: the first of one or more time units of an IAB-DU cell Operation combination; the correspondence between the first operation combination and the combination ID of the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的一個NR DCI format,判定一個生效的第一操作組合。例如,第二節點可以接收由第一RNTI交錯編碼的DCI format 2_0或DCI format 2_5判定的一個生效的第一操作組合。一個時間單位的多工操作由表1的索引值指示。In an example, the second node may receive an NR DCI format sent by the first node, and determine a valid first operation combination. For example, the second node may receive a valid first operation combination determined by the DCI format 2_0 or DCI format 2_5 of the first RNTI interlaced coding. The multiplexing operation of a time unit is indicated by the index value of Table 1.

例如,第二節點被配置的一個組合ID為1的第一操作組合對應5個時間單位的多工操作,5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],表示此第一操作組合對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。第二節點被配置利用第一RNTI交錯編碼的DCI format 2_0或DCI format 2_5的一個指示欄位判定第二節點或第二節點的一個IAB-DU或第二節點的一個DU cell或一個{IAB-MT CC,IAB-DU cell}pair生效的組合ID。For example, the second node is configured with a first operation combination with a combination ID of 1 corresponding to 5 time units of multiplexing operations, and the 5 time units of multiplexing operations are [index 0, index 1, index 2. Index 3, Index 4], indicating that the 5 time unit multiplex operations corresponding to this first operation combination are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. The second node is configured to determine the second node or an IAB-DU of the second node or a DU cell or a {IAB- MT CC, IAB-DU cell} pair is the effective combination ID.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的一個DCI。例如,第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_5,DCI format 2_5的一個索引欄位指示一個組合ID。In an example, the second node may receive one DCI sent by the first node. For example, the second node receives the DCI format 2_5 sent by the first node, and an index field of the DCI format 2_5 indicates a combination ID.

NR中指示一個時槽內的軟資源可用性為表2的8種含義。第二節點接收到第一節點指示的組合ID,該組合ID指示一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,一個時間單位的多工操作由表1中的一個索引指示,第二節點判定一個或多個時間單位的多工操作。The NR indicates that the soft resource availability in a time slot has 8 meanings in Table 2. The second node receives the combined ID indicated by the first node. The combined ID indicates one or more time units of multiplex operations. The multiplex operations of one time unit are indicated by an index in Table 1, and the second node determines one or Multi-task operation of multiple time units.

例如,一個組合ID為1的多工操作組合指示對應5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],表示對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。或者,第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_5,第二節點判定一個組合ID,若第二節點接收的組合ID為1,則第二節點判定對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。For example, a multiplex operation combination with a combination ID of 1 indicates that the multiplex operations corresponding to 5 time units are [index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4] in Table 1, indicating the corresponding 5 The multiplex operations of the time unit are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. Or, the second node receives the DCI format 2_5 sent by the first node, and the second node determines a combination ID. If the combination ID received by the second node is 1, the second node determines the corresponding 5 time unit multiplexing operations respectively They are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D.

第二節點接收第一節點發送的一個DCI format 2_5,第二節點可以根據接收到的DCI format2-5獲知第二節點的軟資源可用性和多工操作組合。The second node receives a DCI format 2_5 sent by the first node, and the second node can learn the soft resource availability and multiplexing operation combination of the second node according to the received DCI format 2-5.

例如,第二節點的一個組合ID為1的軟資源可用性組合指示對應5個時間單位的可用性分別對應表2(對應著3GPP TS38213-g20的表14-3)中的[0,1,2,3,4],表示對應的5個時間單位的軟資源可用性分別為未指定可用性、下行軟資源被指示為可用且上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、上行軟資源被指示為可用且下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、下行和上行軟資源被指示為可用且彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示、彈性軟資源被指示為可用且上行和下行軟資源沒有可用性指示。第二節點判定對應的5個時間單位的多工操作為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。For example, a soft resource availability combination indication of the second node with a combination ID of 1 corresponds to the availability of 5 time units corresponding to [0, 1, 2, and 2 in Table 2 (corresponding to Table 14-3 of 3GPP TS38213-g20). 3, 4], indicating that the soft resource availability of the corresponding 5 time units are unspecified availability, the downlink soft resource is indicated as available and the uplink and elastic soft resources have no availability indication, the uplink soft resource is indicated as available and the downlink and elastic The soft resource has no availability indication, the downlink and uplink soft resources are indicated as available and the flexible soft resource has no availability indication, the flexible soft resource is indicated as available, and the uplink and downlink soft resources have no availability indication. The second node determines that the corresponding 5 time unit multiplexing operations are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點發送的一個NR的DCI format獲知一個組合ID,第二節點判定一個生效的第一操作組合,以判定一個幀結構組合。若第二節點被配置了多套第一操作組合,那麼第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的DCI,以判定一個生效的第一操作組合。例如,第二節點接收第一節點發送的一個DCI format 2_0,第二節點透過DCI format 2_0的一個指示欄位判定一個生效的第一操作組合,DCI format 2_0的一個指示欄位在NR中用於指示幀結構組合。In an example, the second node receives a DCI format of an NR sent by the first node to obtain a combination ID, and the second node determines a valid first operation combination to determine a frame structure combination. If the second node is configured with multiple sets of first operation combinations, the second node can receive the DCI sent by the first node to determine a valid first operation combination. For example, the second node receives a DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node, the second node determines a valid first operation combination through an indication field of DCI format 2_0, and an indication field of DCI format 2_0 is used in NR Indicates the frame structure combination.

NR中用於指示一個時槽的幀結構的表格有256種狀態,其中的98種狀態(對應3GPP表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態)為已定義的時槽幀結構圖樣,剩餘158個狀態為預留狀態。從這剩餘的158種狀態中挑選若干個狀態用於多工操作組合指示,對應表1所示的時間單位的多工操作。The table used to indicate the frame structure of a time slot in NR has 256 states, of which 98 states (corresponding to the 57 states in 3GPP Table 11.1.1-1 and 41 states in Table 14-2) are defined The time slot frame structure pattern, the remaining 158 states are reserved states. Select a number of states from the remaining 158 states for multiplexing operation combination instructions, corresponding to the multiplexing operation of the time unit shown in Table 1.

例如,一個組合ID為1的多工操作組合對應5個時間單位的多工操作分別為表1中的[索引0,索引1,索引2,索引3,索引4],表示對應的5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_0,第二節點判定多工操作組合的組合ID,若多工操作組合指示欄位通知的組合ID為1,則第二節點判定5個時間單位的多工操作分別為TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D。一個組合ID為1的幀結構組合,對應5個時槽的幀結構分別對應表3(3GPP表11.1.1-1)中的[0,1,2,3,0]表示5個時槽的幀結構分別為全下行、全上行、全彈性、前13個OFDM為下行最後一個OFDM符號為彈性、全下行。For example, a multiplex operation combination with a combination ID of 1 corresponds to 5 time units. The multiplex operations are [index 0, index 1, index 2, index 3, index 4] in Table 1, indicating the corresponding 5 times The multiplex operations of the unit are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. The second node receives the DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node, and the second node determines the combination ID of the multiplex operation combination. If the combination ID notified by the multiplex operation combination indication field is 1, the second node determines the 5 time unit The multiplex operations are TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, and Case D. A frame structure combination with a combination ID of 1, and the frame structure corresponding to 5 time slots respectively correspond to [0, 1, 2, 3, 0] in Table 3 (3GPP Table 11.1.1-1), which represents the 5 time slots The frame structure is respectively full downlink, full uplink, and full flexibility. The first 13 OFDM symbols are downlink and the last OFDM symbol is flexible and full downlink.

第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的一個DCI format 2_0,根據DCI format 2_0的一個指示欄位判斷第二節點的若干個時間單位的幀結構組合以及若干個時間單位的多工操作組合。The second node may receive a DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node, and determine the frame structure combination of several time units and the multiple operation combination of several time units of the second node according to an indication field of the DCI format 2_0.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點或第四節點配置的第一組合、第二組合和第三組合。In an example, the second node may receive the first combination, the second combination, and the third combination of the first node or the fourth node configuration.

例如,第二節點接收第一節點或第四節點為第二節點配置的一個或多個第一組合,第一組合可以為可用性組合,一個第一組合對應一個索引。For example, the second node receives one or more first combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node for the second node, the first combination may be an availability combination, and one first combination corresponds to one index.

第二節點可以接收第一節點或第四節點為第二節點配置的一個或多個第二組合,第二組合可以為多工操作組合,一個第二組合對應一個索引。The second node may receive one or more second combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node for the second node, the second combination may be a multiplex operation combination, and one second combination corresponds to one index.

第二節點接收第一節點或第四節點為第二節點配置的一個或多個第三組合,第三組合可以對應一個第一組合索引和一個第二組合索引。The second node receives one or more third combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node for the second node, and the third combination may correspond to a first combination index and a second combination index.

例如,第二節點接收第一節點為第二節點配置的一個第一組合,其索引值為索引1,表示一個或多個時間單位的可用性指示。第二節點接收第一節點為第二節點的配置一個第二組合,其索引值為索引2,表示一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合。第一節點為第二節點配置一個第三組合,其索引值為索引3,表示對應索引1的可用性組合和索引2的第一操作組合。當第二節點接收第一節點配置的索引3的第三組合,則第二節點可以按照索引1判定一個或多個時間單位的可用性組合,按照索引2的判定一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合。其中,索引1、索引2、索引3取值可以相同,也可以不同。For example, the second node receives a first combination configured by the first node for the second node, and its index value is index 1, which represents an availability indication of one or more time units. The second node receives a second combination configured by the first node as the second node, and its index value is index 2, which represents the first operation combination of one or more time units. The first node configures a third combination for the second node, and its index value is index 3, which represents the availability combination corresponding to index 1 and the first operation combination of index 2. When the second node receives the third combination of index 3 configured by the first node, the second node can determine the availability combination of one or more time units according to index 1, and determine the first combination of one or more time units according to index 2. Operation combination. Among them, the values of index 1, index 2, and index 3 may be the same or different.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以從實體層指示信令獲取一個指示欄位,該指示欄位為第一節點指示的一個第三組合索引。第二節點可以基於該指示欄位判定一個第一組合索引和一個第二組合索引,其中,第一組合索引用以索引一個第一組合,第二組合索引用以索引第二組合,第一組合可以為可用性組合,第二組合可以為第一操作組合。In an example, the second node may obtain an indication field from the physical layer indication signaling, and the indication field is a third combined index indicated by the first node. The second node can determine a first combination index and a second combination index based on the indication field, where the first combination index is used to index a first combination, the second combination index is used to index the second combination, and the first combination is It can be an availability combination, and the second combination can be a first operation combination.

第二節點可以判定一個或多個時間單位的軟資源可用性組合,並判定一個或多個時間單位的第一操作組合。The second node may determine the soft resource availability combination of one or more time units, and determine the first operation combination of one or more time units.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的信令,判定一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,或判定一個或多個時間單位的軟資源可用性。示例性地,第二節點的一些時間單位對應no-TDM,第二節點的一些時間對應TDM,第二節點的TDM和非TDM的時域分佈的一個示例如圖10所示。第二節點被第一節點或第四節點配置一個或多個組合,一個組合對應0個或若干個時間單位的可用性和0個或若干個時間單位的多工操作。當一個時間單位對應TDM,則組合ID對應的該時間單位的指示即為軟資源可用性指示,當一個時間單位對應no-TDM,則組合ID對應的該時間單位的指示即為多工操作指示。示例性地,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的NR的一種DCI format,以獲取一個組合ID。In an example, the second node may receive the signaling sent by the first node, and determine the multiplex operation of one or more time units, or determine the availability of soft resources in one or more time units. Exemplarily, some time units of the second node correspond to no-TDM, and some time units of the second node correspond to TDM. An example of the time domain distribution of TDM and non-TDM of the second node is shown in FIG. 10. The second node is configured by the first node or the fourth node with one or more combinations, and one combination corresponds to the availability of 0 or several time units and the multiple operation of 0 or several time units. When a time unit corresponds to TDM, the indication of the time unit corresponding to the combined ID is the soft resource availability indication. When a time unit corresponds to no-TDM, the indication of the time unit corresponding to the combined ID is the multiplex operation indication. Exemplarily, the second node may receive a DCI format of the NR sent by the first node to obtain a combined ID.

第二節點獲取第一節點或第四節點配置的一個或多個第一操作組合,或第一節點配置的一個或多個幀結構組合。第二節點接收第一節點發送的實體層控制信令,第二節點從實體層信令中獲知一個組合ID,第二節點根據該信令判定0個或若干個時間單位的軟資源可用性,或判定0個或若干個時間單位的多工操作。The second node obtains one or more first operation combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node, or one or more frame structure combinations configured by the first node. The second node receives the physical layer control signaling sent by the first node, the second node obtains a combined ID from the physical layer signaling, and the second node determines the availability of soft resources for 0 or several time units according to the signaling, or Determine the multiplex operation of 0 or several time units.

例如,當一個時間單位為TDM,則一個組合中對應的該時間單位的指示為軟資源可用性指示,當一個時間單位為no-TDM,則一個組合中對應的該時間單位的指示為多工操作指示。For example, when a time unit is TDM, the corresponding indication of the time unit in a combination is a soft resource availability indication. When a time unit is no-TDM, the corresponding indication of the time unit in a combination is a multiplex operation instruct.

示例性地,第二節點可以根據接收到的DCI format 2_5所指示的組合ID判定對應TDM時間單位的可用性和對應no-TDM時間單位的多工操作。Exemplarily, the second node may determine the availability of the corresponding TDM time unit and the multiplexing operation of the corresponding no-TDM time unit according to the combined ID indicated by the received DCI format 2_5.

如圖11,第二節點對應多個組合,每個組合對應一個或多個時間單位。時間單位對應TDM則合中對應的該時間單位的指示內容為可用性指示,對應表2中的一項;時間單位對應no-TDM則組合中對應的該時間單位的指示內容為多工操作指示,對應表1中的一項。As shown in Figure 11, the second node corresponds to multiple combinations, and each combination corresponds to one or more time units. When the time unit corresponds to TDM, the corresponding indication content of the time unit in the combination is an availability indication, which corresponds to an item in Table 2; when the time unit corresponds to no-TDM, the corresponding indication content of the time unit in the combination is a multiplex operation instruction. Correspond to one item in Table 1.

第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_5獲知組合ID,進而判定TDM時間單位的可用性和no-TDM時間單位的多工操作。The second node receives the DCI format 2_5 sent by the first node to obtain the combined ID, and then determines the availability of the TDM time unit and the multiplexing operation of the no-TDM time unit.

指示第一操作組合的時間單位顆粒度可以為時槽和/或OFDM符號。例如,第二節點接收第一節點發送的組合ID,以時槽為顆粒度判定一個或多個時間單位的多工操作。The time unit granularity indicating the first operation combination may be a time slot and/or an OFDM symbol. For example, the second node receives the combined ID sent by the first node, and uses the time slot as the granularity to determine the multiplexing operation of one or more time units.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點透過實體層控制信令指示生效的多工操作組合,例如,第二節點接收第一節點採用NR的DCI format發送的實體層控制信令,第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_0判定一個生效的多工操作組合,比如判定一個或多個時間單位的軟資源可用性或多工操作。In an example, the second node may receive the multiplex operation combination that the first node indicates to take effect through the physical layer control signaling. For example, the second node receives the physical layer control signaling sent by the first node in the DCI format of NR. The two nodes receive the DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node to determine a valid multiplexing operation combination, such as determining the availability of soft resources or multiplexing operations for one or more time units.

若第二節點接收的多工操作組合對應的IAB-MT的時間單位的傳輸方向是判定的。例如UL和/或DL,則這一時間單位不需要指示幀結構,對這一時間單位的指示僅為多工操作指示。If the transmission direction of the IAB-MT time unit corresponding to the multiplex operation combination received by the second node is determined. For example, UL and/or DL, this time unit does not need to indicate the frame structure, and the indication of this time unit is only a multiplexing operation indication.

在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為F單元,則組合ID指示時間單位的幀結構,或者,若第一類單元的時間單位為UL單元或DL單元,則組合ID指示時間單位的多工操作。In the case that the DCI includes DCI format 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit is an F unit, the combination ID indicates the frame structure of the time unit, or if the time unit of the first type unit is a UL unit or a DL unit, then The combination ID indicates the multiplexing operation of the time unit.

例如,IAB-MT的幀結構配置如圖12所示,第二節點的5個時間單位中的4個時間單位的傳輸方向是明確的,一個時間單位的傳輸方向是彈性可變的。其中,第1個時間單位和第2個時間單位為DL,第二節點的IAB-MT在這些時間單位的操作是下行接收;第4個時間單位和第5個時間單位為UL,第二節點的IAB-MT在這些時間單位的操作是上行發送;第3個時間單位為F,第二節點的IAB-MT在這個時間單位上的操作是彈性的,其傳輸方向可根據半靜態傳輸配置或動態調度或動態指示判定。For example, the frame structure configuration of IAB-MT is shown in Figure 12, the transmission direction of 4 time units of the 5 time units of the second node is clear, and the transmission direction of one time unit is flexible and variable. Among them, the first time unit and the second time unit are DL, and the operation of the IAB-MT of the second node in these time units is downlink reception; the fourth time unit and the fifth time unit are UL, and the second node The operation of the IAB-MT in these time units is uplink transmission; the third time unit is F, the operation of the IAB-MT of the second node in this time unit is flexible, and the transmission direction can be based on the semi-static transmission configuration or Dynamic scheduling or dynamic indication decision.

當第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構為UL或DL時,DCI format 2_0的幀結構指示無效,第二節點接收到一個生效的組合判定這個時間單位的多工操作。When the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is UL or DL, the frame structure of DCI format 2_0 indicates invalid, and the second node receives a valid combination to determine the multiplexing operation of this time unit.

NR中用於指示時槽的幀結構的表格有256種狀態,其中的98種狀態(對應3GPP的TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態)為已定義的時槽幀結構圖樣,剩餘158個狀態為預留狀態。從這剩餘的158個狀態中挑選若干個狀態表示表1中的若干個多工操作。The table used to indicate the frame structure of the time slot in NR has 256 states, of which 98 states (corresponding to the 57 states in Table 11.1.1-1 of 3GPP TS38213-g20 and 41 states in Table 14-2) are The time slot frame structure pattern has been defined, and the remaining 158 states are reserved states. Selecting several states from the remaining 158 states represents several multiplexing operations in Table 1.

對於傳輸方向判定的時間單位,DCI format 2_0的幀結構指示可以認為是無效的。另外,對於IAB-MT的時間單位為F型別的資源,第二節點根據DCI format 2_0指示的組合判定此資源的傳輸方向。For the time unit of the transmission direction determination, the frame structure indication of DCI format 2_0 can be considered invalid. In addition, for resources of type F in the time unit of the IAB-MT, the second node determines the transmission direction of this resource according to the combination indicated by the DCI format 2_0.

第二節點收到第一節點或第四節點配置的一個或多個組合,對於幀結構方向判定的時間單位所述組合指示多工操作,對於幀結構為彈性的時間單位所述組合指示幀結構。其中,幀結構對應3GPP的TS38213-g20表11.1.1-1的57個狀態和表14-2的41個狀態,一個狀態指示一個時槽的幀結構,一個時間單位的多工操作對應剩餘的158個狀態中的若干個表1所述狀態。The second node receives one or more combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node, and the combination indicates the multiplex operation for the time unit determined by the frame structure direction, and the combination indicates the frame structure for the flexible time unit of the frame structure . Among them, the frame structure corresponds to the 57 states in Table 11.1.1-1 of 3GPP TS38213-g20 and the 41 states in Table 14-2. One state indicates the frame structure of one time slot, and the multiplexing operation of one time unit corresponds to the remaining Several of the 158 states are described in Table 1.

例如,對應圖12的IAB-MT幀結構配置,第二節點被第一節點或第四節點配置的組合ID為1的組合為[索引2 索引2 幀結構索引1 索引7 索引7],其中索引2和索引7對應表1的多工操作,幀結構索引1對應表3的幀結構指示。例如,幀結構索引1取值對應表3的“0”所對應的幀結構。第二節點接收第一節點發送的DCI format 2_0,判定組合ID為1的組合索引。第二節點判定第一個時間單位的多工操作為Case A,第二個時間單位的多工操作為Case A,第三個時間單位F型別的資源被指示為幀結構全下行,第四個時間單位的多工操作為Case B,第五個時間單位的多工操作為Case B。For example, corresponding to the IAB-MT frame structure configuration in Figure 12, the combination of the second node configured by the first node or the fourth node with a combination ID of 1 is [index 2 index 2 frame structure index 1 index 7 index 7], where index 2 and index 7 correspond to the multiplexing operation of Table 1, and frame structure index 1 corresponds to the frame structure indication of Table 3. For example, the value of frame structure index 1 corresponds to the frame structure corresponding to "0" in Table 3. The second node receives the DCI format 2_0 sent by the first node, and determines the combination index whose combination ID is 1. The second node determines that the multiplex operation of the first time unit is Case A, the multiplex operation of the second time unit is Case A, and the resource of type F of the third time unit is indicated as a full downlink frame structure. The multiplex operation of one time unit is Case B, and the multiplex operation of the fifth time unit is Case B.

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第二節點判定第一操作組合的指示為無效指示;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第二節點判定第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。In an example, when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the unit of the first type of the second node, the second node determines that the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication; and/ Or, in a case where the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the second type unit of the second node, the second node determines that the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL DL DL F UL],若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL F UL UL UL]。對於第3個時間單位,IAB-MT可執行的操作為下行接收,IAB-DU可執行的操作為上行接收,也即第3個時間單位可以執行的操作為Case B的多工,當第二節點第3時間單位被第一節點配置和/或指示為Case C,表示IAB-MT可執行下行接收,IAB-DU可執行下行發送。對於第3個時間單位對應的IAB-DU的上行傳輸方向,第二節點判斷第一節點為第二節點的第3時間單位配置或指示的多工操作為無效配置和/或無效指示。For example, the frame structure of 5 time units of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as [DL DL DL F UL], if the frame structure of 5 time units corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as [DL F UL UL UL]. For the third time unit, the operation that IAB-MT can perform is downlink reception, and the operation that IAB-DU can perform is uplink reception, that is, the operation that can be performed in the third time unit is Case B's multiplexing. The third time unit of the node is configured by the first node and/or indicated as Case C, which means that the IAB-MT can perform downlink reception, and the IAB-DU can perform downlink transmission. For the uplink transmission direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the third time unit, the second node determines that the multiplexing operation configured or instructed by the first node for the third time unit of the second node is an invalid configuration and/or an invalid indication.

在一種示例中,第二節點被第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示一個組合。若組合對應第二節點的一個時間單位的多工操作與第二節點的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向不一致,則第二節點判斷操作組合對應的傳輸方向改變第二節點的IAB-MT和/或IAB-DU的資源傳輸方向。In an example, the second node is configured by the first node and/or the fourth node and/or indicates a combination. If the multiplex operation corresponding to a time unit of the second node in the combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU of the second node, the second node determines that the transmission direction corresponding to the operation combination changes the transmission direction of the second node. The resource transmission direction of IAB-MT and/or IAB-DU.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL DL DL F UL],若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的5個時間單位的幀結構配置為[DL F UL UL UL]。對於第3個時間單位,IAB-MT可執行的操作為下行接收,IAB-DU可執行的操作為上行接收,也即第3個時間單位可以執行的操作為Case B的多工,當第二節點第3時間單位被第一節點配置和/或指示為Case C,表示IAB-MT可執行下行接收,IAB-DU可執行下行發送。對於第3個時間單位對應的IAB-DU的上行傳輸方向,第二節點判斷第3個時間單位對應的IAB-DU的傳輸方向被更改為DL。For example, the frame structure of 5 time units of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as [DL DL DL F UL], if the frame structure of 5 time units corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as [DL F UL UL UL]. For the third time unit, the operation that IAB-MT can perform is downlink reception, and the operation that IAB-DU can perform is uplink reception, that is, the operation that can be performed in the third time unit is Case B's multiplexing. The third time unit of the node is configured by the first node and/or indicated as Case C, which means that the IAB-MT can perform downlink reception, and the IAB-DU can perform downlink transmission. For the uplink transmission direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the third time unit, the second node determines that the transmission direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to the third time unit is changed to DL.

在一種示例中,上述步驟S1402中第二節點判定傳輸方向的實作方式可以包括但不限於以下方式:In an example, the implementation manner for the second node to determine the transmission direction in step S1402 may include, but is not limited to, the following manners:

在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第二節點根據第一操作組合判定F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第二節點根據第一操作組合判定F型別資源的傳輸方向。In the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the first-type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction of the F-type resource according to the first operation combination; and/or, in a In the case that the multiplex operation in the time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction of the F-type resource according to the first operation combination.

可選地,上述實作方式還可以包括:在第二節點執行多工操作的情況下,第二節點根據多工操作組合指示判定第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,在第二節點執行多工操作的情況下,第二節點根據多工操作組合指示判定第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向。Optionally, the foregoing implementation manner may further include: when the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the second node determines the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node according to the multiplexing operation combination instruction; and/or, In the case that the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the second node determines the transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node according to the multiplexing operation combination instruction.

可選地,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第二節點根據第一操作組合,判定在第二節點執行多工操作時F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第二節點根據所述第一操作組合,判定在第二節點執行多工操作時F型別資源的傳輸方向。Optionally, in the case that the multiplexing operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the first type unit of the second node, the second node determines that the multiplexing operation is performed at the second node according to the first operation combination The transmission direction of the F-type resource; and/or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the second node performs the first operation Combine, determine the transmission direction of the F-type resource when the second node performs multiplexing operations.

在一種示例中,若一個時間單位對應的IAB-MT資源的傳輸方向為F,則第二節點根據該時間單位的多工操作判定該時間單位對應的IAB-MT資源的傳輸方向。In an example, if the transmission direction of the IAB-MT resource corresponding to a time unit is F, the second node determines the transmission direction of the IAB-MT resource corresponding to the time unit according to the multiplexing operation of the time unit.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為F,若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的時間單位的幀結構配置為UL。對於這個時間單位,IAB-MT的操作為彈性,IAB-DU的操作為上行接收。若第二節點收到第一節點配置和/或指示這個時間單位可執行Case B,則第二節點判斷若第二節點的IAB-MT被調度,IAB-DU可以同時執行上行接收。第二節點判定IAB-MT對應資源的傳輸方向為下行接收。For example, the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as F, if the frame structure of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as UL. For this time unit, the operation of IAB-MT is flexible, and the operation of IAB-DU is uplink reception. If the second node receives the configuration of the first node and/or indicates that this time unit can execute Case B, the second node determines that if the IAB-MT of the second node is scheduled, the IAB-DU can perform uplink reception at the same time. The second node determines that the transmission direction of the resource corresponding to the IAB-MT is downlink reception.

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第二節點根據發送時間靠後的通知信令判定傳輸方向;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的資源傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第二節點根據發送時間靠後的通知信令判定傳輸方向。其中,發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示第一操作組合的信令和指示第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。In an example, when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the first-type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction according to the notification signaling that is sent later; and/ Or, in the case that the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction according to the notification signaling that is sent later. Wherein, the notification signaling that is sent later in time includes signaling that indicates the first operation combination and signaling that indicates the resource direction of the second node.

即第一節點和/或第四節點為第二節點配置和/或指示一個或多個時間單位多工操作。若多工操作對應第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,且F資源被動態的指示為方向1,多工操作對應的IAB-MT的這個時間單位的方向為方向2,則後到的指示信令判定IAB-MT的F資源的傳輸方向。其中,方向1為DL或UL,方向2為DL或UL。That is, the first node and/or the fourth node configure and/or instruct one or more time unit multiplexing operations for the second node. If the resource transmission direction of the IAB-MT time unit of the second node corresponding to the multiplexing operation is F, and the F resource is dynamically indicated as direction 1, the direction of this time unit of the IAB-MT corresponding to the multiplexing operation is direction 2. , The subsequent indication signaling determines the transmission direction of the F resource of the IAB-MT. Among them, direction 1 is DL or UL, and direction 2 is DL or UL.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的方向為F,在時刻1,第二節點收到了一個DCI format 2_0指示這個時間單位方向為UL。在時刻2(時刻2晚於時刻1)收到第一節點和/或第四節點對於這個時間單位配置和/或指示,指示這個時間單位為Case B的多工操作,則對應多工操作將此時間單位的方向改為DL。For example, the direction of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is F, and at time 1, the second node receives a DCI format 2_0 indicating that the direction of this time unit is UL. At time 2 (time 2 is later than time 1), the first node and/or the fourth node receive the configuration and/or instruction for this time unit, indicating that the time unit is the multiplexing operation of Case B, then the corresponding multiplexing operation will be The direction of this time unit is changed to DL.

在一種示例中,若第二節點的一個IAB-DU的時間單位的方向為F。對於這個時間單位,IAB-DU的操作為彈性,即IAB-DU可利用這個資源調度第三節點執行下行接收或發送上行。第二節點接收第一節點關於一個或多個時間單位的多工操作的配置和/或指示,則第二節點判定一個時間單位對應的多工操作,或者第二節點判定若執行多工操作時在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位可執行的操作,或者第二節點判定對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的方向,或者第二節點判定在對應的IAB-DU的時間單位執行多工操作對應的傳輸方向之外的操作時多工操作不能被保證。In an example, if the direction of the time unit of one IAB-DU of the second node is F. For this time unit, the operation of the IAB-DU is flexible, that is, the IAB-DU can use this resource to schedule the third node to perform downlink reception or uplink transmission. The second node receives the configuration and/or instruction of the multiplex operation of one or more time units from the first node, then the second node determines the multiplex operation corresponding to one time unit, or the second node determines if the multiplex operation is performed Operations that can be performed in the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU, or the second node determines the direction of the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU, or the second node determines that the multiplexing operation is performed in the time unit of the corresponding IAB-DU Multiplexing operations cannot be guaranteed for operations other than the transmission direction.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為DL,若第二節點的IAB-DU對應的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。第二節點接收第一節點的配置和/或指示,第二節點判定IAB-DU的一個時間單位對應Case B的多工操作,則第二節點判定對應時間單位的多工操作為Case B;又或者,若第二節點在對應的時間單位執行多工操作則第二節點的IAB-DU應執行上行接收操作;又或者第二節點判定當執行Case B之外的多工操作其性能不能被保證。For example, if the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as DL, if the frame structure of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU of the second node is configured as F. The second node receives the configuration and/or instructions of the first node. The second node determines that a time unit of the IAB-DU corresponds to the multiplexing operation of Case B, and the second node determines that the multiplexing operation corresponding to the time unit is Case B; and Or, if the second node performs multiplexing operations in the corresponding time unit, the IAB-DU of the second node should perform the uplink receiving operation; or the second node determines that the performance cannot be guaranteed when performing multiplexing operations other than Case B .

上述IAB-DU對應的時間單位可以理解為IAB-DU與IAB-MT所對應的時間單位為以下關係中的至少之一時判定的IAB-DU的時間單位:IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位完全重合;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位部分交疊;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者中的一個在時間跨度上包含另外一個;IAB-DU對應的時間單位與IAB-MT被調度的時間單位兩者的交集部分。The above-mentioned time unit corresponding to IAB-DU can be understood as the time unit of IAB-DU determined when the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU and IAB-MT is at least one of the following relationships: the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU and IAB- The scheduled time unit of MT completely overlaps; the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU partially overlaps the time unit scheduled by IAB-MT; one of the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU and the time unit scheduled by IAB-MT In the time span, there is another one; the intersection of the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU and the scheduled time unit of the IAB-MT.

在一種示例中,若第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位的資源傳輸方向為F,第二節點的一個時間單位被第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示一個多工操作。比如第二節點的IAB-DU的F時間單位被第一節點動態指示為方向1,第二節點被第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示的多工操作對應這個時間單位的方向為方向2,對於這個時間單位的IAB-DU的方向被判定為方向2。In an example, if the resource transmission direction of the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is F, one time unit of the second node is configured by the first node and/or the fourth node and/or instructs a multiplexing operation. For example, the F time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated by the first node as direction 1, and the second node is configured and/or instructed by the first node and/or fourth node to correspond to the direction of this time unit. It is direction 2, and the direction of the IAB-DU for this time unit is judged to be direction 2.

或者,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第一節點動態指示為方向1,在時刻2,第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示的多工操作對應的這個時間單位的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,若時刻2晚於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向2,若時刻2早於時刻1,則IAB-DU對應的時間單位的方向為方向1。若時刻1和時刻2屬於同一個時刻或誤差範圍內的同一時刻,則兩個信令所對應的傳輸方向不衝突。Or, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated as direction 1 by the first node at time 1, and at time 2, the multiplex operation configured and/or indicated by the first node and/or the fourth node corresponds to this The direction of the IAB-DU of the time unit is direction 2. If time 2 is later than time 1, the direction of the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU is direction 2. If time 2 is earlier than time 1, the time unit corresponding to IAB-DU The direction is direction 1. If time 1 and time 2 belong to the same time or the same time within the error range, the transmission directions corresponding to the two signalings do not conflict.

或者,第二節點的IAB-DU的F資源在時刻1被第一節點動態指示為方向1,在時刻2,第二節點被第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示的多工操作對應的這個時間單位的IAB-DU的方向為方向2,則方向1和方向2不衝突。Or, the F resource of the IAB-DU of the second node is dynamically indicated as direction 1 by the first node at time 1, and at time 2, the second node is configured and/or indicated by the first node and/or the fourth node. The direction of the IAB-DU corresponding to this time unit of the operation is direction 2, and direction 1 and direction 2 do not conflict.

或者,第二節點被第一節點和/或第四節點配置和/或指示當IAB-MT被調度時IAB-DU在對應的時間單位可執行的操作。Alternatively, the second node is configured by the first node and/or the fourth node and/or indicates the operations that the IAB-DU can perform in the corresponding time unit when the IAB-MT is scheduled.

例如,第二節點的IAB-MT的一個時間單位的幀結構配置為DL,若第二節點對應的IAB-DU的時間單位的幀結構配置為F。對於IAB-DU的這個時間單位,IAB-DU的操作為彈性,即IAB-DU可利用這個資源調度第三節點下行接收或調度第三節點上行發送。當第一節點和/或第四單元為第二節點配置和/或指示這個時間單位為Case B的多工操作,則表示第一節點若調度第二節點的IAB-MT,第二節點的IAB-DU可以執行上行接收,或者IAB-DU的這個時間單位被改寫為多工操作對應的方向,例如,IAB-DU的F時間單位被改寫為UL。For example, the frame structure of one time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node is configured as DL, if the frame structure of the time unit of the IAB-DU corresponding to the second node is configured as F. For this time unit of the IAB-DU, the operation of the IAB-DU is flexible, that is, the IAB-DU can use this resource to schedule the third node for downlink reception or schedule the third node for uplink transmission. When the first node and/or the fourth unit is configured for the second node and/or indicates the time unit is the multiplexing operation of Case B, it means that if the first node schedules the IAB-MT of the second node, the IAB of the second node -DU can perform uplink reception, or this time unit of IAB-DU is rewritten to the direction corresponding to the multiplexing operation, for example, the F time unit of IAB-DU is rewritten to UL.

在一種示例中,第二節點根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時;或者,第二節點根據第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時。In an example, the second node determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type of unit of the second node; or, the second node determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the first type of the second node. The timing of the time unit of the component carrier of the unit determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,第二節點根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者,第二節點根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的參考子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。In an example, the second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, the second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the second node Determine the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination based on the reference subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type of unit.

或者,第二節點根據第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者,第二節點根據第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的參考子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。Alternatively, the second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; or, the second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the second node The reference subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to a type of unit determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,一個時間單位的多工操作可以表示第一節點按照多工操作對應的功率、波束、埠中的至少之一調度第二節點的第一類單元執行發射或接收;或者,一個時間單位的多工動作表示第二節點的第二類單元按照多工操作對應的功率、波束、埠中的至少之一調度第三節點。In an example, the multiplexing operation of one time unit may mean that the first node schedules the first type unit of the second node to perform transmission or reception according to at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation; or The multiplexing action of the time unit indicates that the second type unit of the second node schedules the third node according to at least one of the power, beam, and port corresponding to the multiplexing operation.

第二節點可以和第一節點和/或第四節點約定第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元執行操作對應的功率、波束或埠。The second node may agree with the first node and/or the fourth node that when the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node executes the power, beam, or port corresponding to the operation.

或者,第二節點可以和第一節點和/或第四節點協商當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元執行操作對應的功率、波束或埠。Alternatively, the second node may negotiate with the first node and/or the fourth node the power, beam, or port corresponding to the operation performed by the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs a multiplexing operation.

或者,第二節點可以接收第一節點和/或第四節點的指示或配置,判定當第二節點執行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元執行操作對應的功率、波束或埠。Alternatively, the second node may receive the instruction or configuration of the first node and/or the fourth node, and determine the power corresponding to the operation performed by the first type unit or the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs a multiplexing operation , Beam or port.

第二節點的第一類單元的功率包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的功率、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的功率。第二節點的第二類單元的功率包括以下至少之一,第二節點的第二類單元向第三節點發送資料時的功率、第二節點的第二類單元接收第三節點的資料時的接收功率。The power of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission power of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception power of the first type unit of the second node. The power of the second-type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the power of the second-type unit of the second node when sending data to the third node, and the power of the second-type unit of the second node when receiving data from the third node Receive power.

第二節點的第一類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點的第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的波束包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的波束、第二節點第二類單元的下行發送的波束。The beam of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The beam of the second-type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: an uplink received beam of the second-type unit of the second node, and a downlink transmission beam of the second-type unit of the second node.

第二節點第一類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點第一類單元的上行發送的波束、第二節點第一類單元的下行接收的波束。第二節點的第二類單元的埠包括以下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的下行發送的埠、第二節點的第二類單元的上行接收的埠。The port of the first type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: the uplink transmission beam of the first type unit of the second node, and the downlink reception beam of the first type unit of the second node. The port of the second-type unit of the second node includes at least one of the following: a downstream transmission port of the second-type unit of the second node, and an upstream receiving port of the second-type unit of the second node.

上述協商程序可以包括:The aforementioned negotiation procedures may include:

第二節點向第一節點和/或第四節點上報推薦值或推薦配置,第二節點接收第一節點和/或第四節點關於第二節點執行多工操作對應的功率、波束、埠中的至少之一的配置和/或指示。The second node reports the recommended value or recommended configuration to the first node and/or the fourth node, and the second node receives the power, beam, and port corresponding to the first node and/or the fourth node regarding the multiplexing operation performed by the second node At least one of the configuration and/or instructions.

上述第二節點調度第三節點的操作可以包括調度第三節點進行上行發送或下行接收。The foregoing operation of scheduling the third node by the second node may include scheduling the third node for uplink transmission or downlink reception.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點發送的一個實體層控制信令,實體層控制信令中包括一個指示欄位,指示欄位指示一個索引,第二節點基於索引識別一個波束組合,一個組合對應一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊。In an example, the second node may receive a physical layer control signaling sent by the first node, the physical layer control signaling includes an indication field, the indication field indicates an index, and the second node identifies a beam combination based on the index , A combination corresponds to the beam information of one or more time units.

上述波束資訊包括以下至少之一:The aforementioned beam information includes at least one of the following:

第二節點的第一類單元的接收波束;第二節點的第一類單元的發送波束;第二節點的第二類單元的接收波束;第二節點的第二類單元的發送波束。The receiving beam of the first type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the first type unit of the second node; the receiving beam of the second type unit of the second node; the transmitting beam of the second type unit of the second node.

第二節點接收第一節點發送的一個實體層控制信令,第二節點識別一個或多個時間單位的波束資訊,波束資訊可以指示第二節點在一個或多個時間單位上對應的波束資訊,或者指示第二節點在對應的一個或多個時間單位上執行對應的多工操作時對應的波束資訊。The second node receives a physical layer control signaling sent by the first node. The second node identifies the beam information of one or more time units. The beam information can indicate the corresponding beam information of the second node in one or more time units. Or indicate the corresponding beam information when the second node performs the corresponding multiplexing operation on the corresponding one or more time units.

例如,第二節點接收第一節點指示的針對第二節點的Case A的一個或多個時間單位的一個波束組合,第二節點判定若第二節點在一個時間單位上執行Case A時,第二節點的第一類單元或第二類單元對應的發送或接收波束。For example, the second node receives a beam combination of one or more time units for Case A of the second node indicated by the first node, and the second node determines that if the second node executes Case A in one time unit, the second node The transmitting or receiving beam corresponding to the first type unit or the second type unit of the node.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以透過以下方式判定第二節點的多工操作對應的參考子載波間隔,例如,第二節點與第一節點進行協商,或者,第二節點與第一節點約定參考子載波間隔,或者,第二節點獲取第一節點配置或指示參考子載波間隔。In an example, the second node can determine the reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the multiplexing operation of the second node in the following manner, for example, the second node negotiates with the first node, or the second node and the first node agree on a reference The subcarrier interval, or the second node obtains the configuration of the first node or indicates the reference subcarrier interval.

第一節點為第二節點配置的多工操作對應的參考子載波間隔可以用於判定多工操作所對應的一個時間單位的時長。例如,NR中的子載波間隔的取值用u表示,子載波間隔為15*2^u ,該子載波間隔判定後,即可判定對應CP型別的一個OFDM符號的持續時間,進而可以判定其他時間單位的持續時間。The reference subcarrier interval corresponding to the multiplexing operation configured by the first node for the second node may be used to determine the duration of a time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation. For example, the value of the subcarrier interval in NR is denoted by u, and the subcarrier interval is 15*2^ u . After the subcarrier interval is determined, the duration of an OFDM symbol corresponding to the CP type can be determined, and then it can be determined Duration of other time units.

示例性地,第二節點也可以透過信令獲取配置的參考子載波間隔,該信令可以包括高層信令,或者MAC CE,或者實體層信令,高層信令可以為RRC信令和F1-AP信令中的至少之一。實體層信令可以為透過DCI指示,直接指示可以為對u進行編碼。在DCI中透過一個欄位指示一個碼字,該碼字可以表示一個u的取值。可以透過高層信令或MAC CE信令對u的取值做限定。例如,u的取值範圍為[0,1,2,3,4],第一節點透過高層信令或MAC CE信令將u的取值範圍限定為[0,1,2,3],DCI的一個欄位包含兩個或兩個以上的位元,可以用於指示4個碼字分別表示[0,1,2,3]的其中之一。Exemplarily, the second node may also obtain the configured reference subcarrier interval through signaling. The signaling may include high-level signaling, or MAC CE, or physical layer signaling. The high-level signaling may be RRC signaling and F1- At least one of AP signaling. The physical layer signaling can be an indication through the DCI, and the direct indication can be to encode u. In the DCI, a codeword is indicated through a field, and the codeword can represent a value of u. The value of u can be limited through high-level signaling or MAC CE signaling. For example, the value range of u is [0, 1, 2, 3, 4], and the first node limits the value range of u to [0, 1, 2, 3] through higher layer signaling or MAC CE signaling. A field of DCI contains two or more bits, which can be used to indicate that 4 codewords respectively represent one of [0, 1, 2, 3].

可選地,第二節點與第一節點約定的參考子載波間隔可以為以下至少之一:第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔,第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔,第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔和第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔中的最小值或最大值。其中,第二節點的第一類單元的子載波間隔為第二節點的第一類單元的啟用子載波間隔或參考子載波間隔,第二節點的第二類單元的子載波間隔為第二節點的第二類單元的啟用子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞啟用的子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的子載波間隔,或者第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的參考子載波間隔。Optionally, the reference subcarrier interval agreed upon by the second node and the first node may be at least one of the following: the subcarrier interval of the first type of unit of the second node, the subcarrier interval of the second type of unit of the second node, The minimum or maximum value of the subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node and the subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node. Wherein, the subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node is the activated subcarrier interval or the reference subcarrier interval of the first type unit of the second node, and the subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node is the second node The activation subcarrier interval of the second type unit of the second node, or the activation subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node, or the subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node, or the second node The reference subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type of unit.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以獲取第一節點和/或第四節點配置的一個或多個組合,一個組合對應一個或多個時間單位的可用性和多工操作,其中,一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作可以為表4中的任一項。In an example, the second node may obtain one or more combinations of the configuration of the first node and/or the fourth node, and one combination corresponds to the availability and multiplexing operation of one or more time units, where the availability of one time unit And multi-tasking operation can be any item in Table 4.

示例性地,第二節點接收第一節點配置一個或多個時間單位的組合,當索引值為0~7中之一時,該索引可以指示一個時間單位的可用性,當索引值為新增索引1~新增索引128中之一時,可以指示一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作。Exemplarily, the second node receives a combination of one or more time units configured by the first node. When the index value is one of 0-7, the index may indicate the availability of a time unit, and when the index value is the newly added index 1 ~ When adding one of the index 128, you can indicate the availability of a time unit and multi-tasking operation.

例如,第二節點接收第一節點配置的組合ID為1,該組合對應4個時間單位的索引對應表4中的[7,新增索引9,新增索引10,新增索引11],其表示4個時間單位的第1個時間單位的UL/DL/F軟資源為可用,第2個時間單沒有軟資源的可用性指示且多工操作為Case A,第3個時間單位下行軟資源被指示為可用,上行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示且多工操作為Case A,第4個時間單位上行軟資源被指示為可用,下行和彈性軟資源沒有可用性指示且多工操作為Case A。For example, the combination ID that the second node receives the first node configuration is 1, and the combination corresponds to the index of 4 time units corresponding to [7, new index 9, new index 10, new index 11] in Table 4, which Indicates that the UL/DL/F soft resource of the first time unit of 4 time units is available, the second time sheet has no soft resource availability indication and the multiplexing operation is Case A, and the third time unit downlink soft resource is The indication is available, the uplink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication and the multiplex operation is Case A, the fourth time unit uplink soft resources are indicated as available, the downlink and flexible soft resources have no availability indication and the multiplex operation is Case A.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點或第四節點配置和/或指示的第一操作組合可以為以下至少之一:FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited。FDM可以理解為第二節點頻分地執行多工操作,SDM可以表示第二節點空分地執行多工操作,No-limited可以表示不限定第二節點頻分或空分地執行多工操作。例如,第二節點在一個時間單位上頻分且空分地執行Case A,即表示IAB-DU執行發送操作,IAB-MT也執行發送操作,IAB-DU所佔用的頻域資源1和IAB-MT所佔用的頻域資源2頻域正交。IAB-DU執行發送對應的空間波束1和IAB-MT執行發送對應的空間波束2相互不會造成干擾或干擾較小。其中,是否造成干擾或是否造成的干擾較小可以透過門限值判斷,門限值即為預設值,或者雙方協定的,或者對應接收機上報的干擾觀測量。In an example, the first operation combination that the second node receives the configuration and/or instruction of the first node or the fourth node may be at least one of the following: FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited. FDM can be understood as the second node performing multiplex operations in frequency division, SDM can mean that the second node performs multiple operations in space division, and No-limited can mean that the second node is not limited to performing multiple operations in frequency division or space division. For example, if the second node performs Case A frequency and space division in a time unit, it means that IAB-DU performs the transmission operation, and IAB-MT also performs the transmission operation. The frequency domain resources 1 and IAB-DU occupied by IAB-DU Frequency domain resources occupied by MT 2 are orthogonal in frequency domain. The space beam 1 corresponding to the IAB-DU transmission and the space beam 2 corresponding to the IAB-MT transmission will not cause or have little interference with each other. Among them, whether the interference is caused or whether the interference is small can be judged through the threshold value. The threshold value is a preset value, or agreed by both parties, or corresponds to the interference observation reported by the receiver.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以接收第一節點或第四節點配置的一個或多個第一操作組合,該一個第一操作組合對應一個或多個時間單位,一個時間單位的多工樣式可以為如表5所示的各種含義。In an example, the second node may receive one or more first operation combinations configured by the first node or the fourth node, and the first operation combination corresponds to one or more time units, and the multiplexing pattern of one time unit may be For various meanings as shown in Table 5.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點發送的一個實體層控制信令,實體層控制信令包括一個指示欄位,指示欄位指示一個索引,第二節點基於信令中的指示欄位判定一個組合,例如,第二節點判定以下至少之一:In an example, the second node receives a physical layer control signaling sent by the first node, the physical layer control signaling includes an indication field, the indication field indicates an index, and the second node is based on the indication field in the signaling Determine a combination, for example, the second node determines at least one of the following:

第二節點的一個或多個時間單位;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的可用性;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的多工操作;第二節點的一個或多個時間單位中的一個時間單位的可用性和多工操作。One or more time units of the second node; availability of one time unit in one or more time units of the second node; multiplex operation of one time unit in one or more time units of the second node; The availability and multiplexing operation of one time unit among one or more time units of the two nodes.

多工操作包括TDM,Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM,其中Case A,Case B,Case C,Case D,no-TDM又分別包括SDM、FDM、SDM和FDM、no-limited。FDM的Case A可以表示第二節點頻分地執行Case A。FDM和SDM的Case B可以表示第二節點頻分且空分地執行Case B,例如IAB-MT在波束1和頻域資源1上執行接收,IAB-DU在波束2和頻域資源2上執行接收。Multiplex operations include TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, among which Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM include SDM, FDM, SDM and FDM, no -limited. Case A of FDM may indicate that the second node executes Case A frequency division. Case B of FDM and SDM can mean that the second node executes Case B frequency and space division. For example, IAB-MT executes reception on beam 1 and frequency domain resource 1, and IAB-DU executes on beam 2 and frequency domain resource 2. take over.

在一種示例中,第二節點接收第一節點關於第一操作組合的配置和/或指示的信令,判定一個或多個時間單位對應的多工操作。第二節點可以根據接收到配置和/或指示的信令的接收時間,判定多工操作組合生效的第一個時間單位。In an example, the second node receives the signaling from the first node regarding the configuration and/or indication of the first operation combination, and determines the multiplexing operation corresponding to one or more time units. The second node may determine the first time unit for the multiplex operation combination to take effect according to the receiving time of the received configuration and/or indication signaling.

第二節點可以根據IAB-MT或IAB-DU的時間單位判定所述第一個時間單位。The second node may determine the first time unit according to the time unit of IAB-MT or IAB-DU.

例如,第二節點在IAB-MT對應的時間單位接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的一個或多個時間單位生效的第一操作組合,第二節點按照以下方式之一判定多工操作生效的第一個時間單位:For example, the second node receives the first operation combination configured and/or instructed by the first node in the time unit corresponding to IAB-MT, and the second node determines that the multiplexing operation is valid according to one of the following methods The first time unit:

將與IAB-MT接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的信令的時間單位交疊的IAB-DU對應的時間單位中的前一個時間單位判定為多工操作組合對應的第一個時間單位;若第二節點的IAB-MT接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的信令的時間單位被多工操作參考子載波間隔所判定的第二節點的IAB-DU的時間單位所包含,則判定第二節點的IAB-DU的這個時間單位為多工操作組合所對應的第一個時間單位。Determine the previous time unit in the time unit corresponding to the IAB-DU that overlaps the time unit in which the IAB-MT receives the first node configuration and/or signaling instruction as the first time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation combination ; If the time unit of the IAB-MT of the second node receiving the signaling configured and/or indicated by the first node is included in the time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node determined by the multiplexing operation with reference to the subcarrier interval, then It is determined that this time unit of the IAB-DU of the second node is the first time unit corresponding to the multiplexing operation combination.

例如,第二節點在IAB-MT對應的時間單位接收到第一節點配置和/或指示的一個或多個時間單位的生效的第一操作組合,第二節點按照第二節點的IAB-MT的時間單位判定第一操作組合生效的第一個時間單位,即IAB-MT收到第一操作組合的時間單位對應生效的第一個時間單位。For example, the second node receives the effective first operation combination of one or more time units configured and/or instructed by the first node in the time unit corresponding to the IAB-MT, and the second node follows the IAB-MT of the second node The time unit determines the first time unit in which the first operation combination takes effect, that is, the first time unit in which the time unit in which the first operation combination is received by the IAB-MT corresponds to the first time unit in effect.

在一種示例中,第二節點可以向第一節點或第四節點上報期望的第一操作組合,一個期望的第一操作組合包括一個或多個時間單位的多工操作,一個時間單位的多工操作包括以下至少之一:TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited。In an example, the second node may report a desired first operation combination to the first node or the fourth node. A desired first operation combination includes one or more multiple operations of time units, and multiple operations of one time unit. Work operations include at least one of the following: TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, FDM, SDM, FDM and SDM, no-limited.

示例性地,一種上報方式可以是,第二節點上報若干時間單位對應的期望第一操作組合。第二節點向第一節點或第四節點上報類似圖7所示的第一操作組合;或者,第二節點將第二節點的一個第二類單元的期望第一操作組合上報給第一節點或第四節點;或者,第二節點將第二節點的第二類單元的一個細胞的期望第一操作組合上報給第一節點或第四節點;或者,第二節點將一個索引對的期望第一操作組合上報給第一節點或第四節點,該索引對可以為第二節點的第一類單元的一個細胞索引或分量載波索引和第二節點的第二類單元的一個細胞索引組成的對,當第二節點為IAB節點,則對應IAB-DU cell和MT的分量載波對({MT CC,DU cell}pair)。Exemplarily, a reporting manner may be that the second node reports the desired first operation combination corresponding to several time units. The second node reports the first operation combination similar to that shown in Figure 7 to the first node or the fourth node; or, the second node reports the expected first operation combination of a second-type unit of the second node to the first node. Node or fourth node; or, the second node reports the expected first operation combination of a cell of the second type unit of the second node to the first node or the fourth node; or, the second node combines an index pair It is expected that the first operation combination is reported to the first node or the fourth node, and the index pair can be a cell index or component carrier index of the first type unit of the second node and a cell index of the second type unit of the second node When the second node is an IAB node, it corresponds to the component carrier pair of IAB-DU cell and MT ({MT CC, DU cell}pair).

可選地,一種上報方式也可以是,第二節點按資源型別上報期望的多工操作。比如,第二節點上報當DU資源為方向1時對應的期望的多工操作。方向1可以為以下至少之一:DL,F,UL;或者,第二節點上報DU資源為方向1,IAB-MT的資源為方向2時期望的多工操作;或者,第二節點上報MT資源為方向1時對應的期望的多工操作。DU資源可以為一個IAB-DU對應的細胞的資源,IAB-MT的資源可以為對應的IAB-MT的一個分量載波的資源。Optionally, a reporting method may also be that the second node reports the desired multiplexing operation according to the resource type. For example, the second node reports the expected multiplexing operation when the DU resource is direction 1. Direction 1 can be at least one of the following: DL, F, UL; or, the second node reports the DU resource as direction 1, and the IAB-MT resource is the direction 2 expected multiplexing operation; or, the second node reports When the MT resource is direction 1, the corresponding desired multiplexing operation. The DU resource may be a resource of a cell corresponding to an IAB-DU, and the resource of an IAB-MT may be a resource of a component carrier of the corresponding IAB-MT.

第二節點可以按照上述兩種上報方式的組合進行上報。例如,第二節點向第一節點上報一個索引對,第二節點的第二型別單元的資源為DL時,期望的多工操作為Case A。The second node can report according to a combination of the above two reporting methods. For example, when the second node reports an index pair to the first node, and the resource of the second type unit of the second node is DL, the expected multiplexing operation is Case A.

在一種示例中,第二節點也可以向第一節點或第四節點上報多工能力資訊。In an example, the second node may also report the multiplexing capability information to the first node or the fourth node.

上述多工能力資訊可以包括如下至少之一:第二節點的第二類單元的一個細胞索引,第二節點的第一類單元的一個細胞索引或分量載波索引,傳輸方向組合,第一能力資訊。The aforementioned multiplexing capability information may include at least one of the following: a cell index of the second type unit of the second node, a cell index or component carrier index of the first type unit of the second node, a combination of transmission directions, and first capability information .

傳輸方向組合可以包括TDM、Case A、Case B、Case C、Case D、no-TDM、no-limited中的至少之一,第一能力資訊可以包括定時機制、功控機制、多工機制中的至少之一。The combination of transmission directions may include at least one of TDM, Case A, Case B, Case C, Case D, no-TDM, and no-limited. The first capability information may include timing mechanisms, power control mechanisms, and multiplexing mechanisms. At least one.

定時機制可以表示第二節點執行對應傳輸方向組合的操作是否要求傳輸方向對應的定時。The timing mechanism may indicate whether the second node performs the operation corresponding to the combination of transmission directions, whether the timing corresponding to the transmission direction is required.

功控機制可以表示第二節點執行對應傳輸方向組合的操作是否要求傳輸方向對應的發送或接收功率或發送功率譜密度或接收功率譜密度。The power control mechanism may indicate whether the second node performs an operation corresponding to the combination of transmission directions, whether the transmission or reception power or the transmission power spectral density or the reception power spectral density corresponding to the transmission direction is required.

多工機制包括FDM、SDM、FDM和SDM、no-limited中的至少之一。The multiplexing mechanism includes at least one of FDM, SDM, FDM, SDM, and no-limited.

例如,第二節點上報傳輸方向組合為Case A,第二節點上報的第一能力的多工機制為FDM,即表示第二節點告知第一節點或第四節點,第二節點支援FDM機制的Case A。For example, the transmission direction combination reported by the second node is Case A, and the multiplexing mechanism of the first capability reported by the second node is FDM, which means that the second node informs the first node or the fourth node, and the second node supports the FDM mechanism Case A.

例如,第二節點上報傳輸方向組合為Case A,第二節點上報的第一能力的定時機制為要求所述傳輸方向組合對應的定時,即表示第二節點告知第一節點或第四節點,當Case A對應的定時要求被滿足時第二節點支援Case A。For example, the transmission direction combination reported by the second node is Case A, and the timing mechanism of the first capability reported by the second node is the timing corresponding to the transmission direction combination, which means that the second node informs the first node or the fourth node , When the timing requirements corresponding to Case A are met, the second node supports Case A.

可選地,若第二節點為IAB節點,那麼Case A的多工可以理解為IAB-MT執行發送且IAB-DU執行發送,IAB-MT和IAB-DU在OFDM符號邊界或時槽邊界或子幀邊界對齊,其中,對齊可以包括一定誤差範圍內的對齊,例如CP誤差範圍內的對齊。Optionally, if the second node is an IAB node, then the multiplexing of Case A can be understood as IAB-MT performs transmission and IAB-DU performs transmission, and IAB-MT and IAB-DU are at the OFDM symbol boundary or time slot boundary or subordinate Frame boundary alignment, where alignment may include alignment within a certain error range, for example, alignment within a CP error range.

可選地,不同傳輸方向組合可以對應不同的功控機制。以Case A為例,第二節點執行Case A的操作,可以要求第二節點的一個第二類單元的發射功率和第二節點的一個第二類單元的發送功率不超出第二節點的最大發送功率或者兩者的發送功率或功率譜密度不超過第一門限。以Case B為例,第二節點執行Case B的操作,可能要求第二節點的一個第二類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度和第二節點的一個第二類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度相等或兩者之差不超過第二門限。以Case C為例,第二節點執行Case C的操作,可能要求第二節點的一個第一類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度和第二節點的一個第二類單元的發送功率或發送功率譜密度的差值滿足第三門限或第二節點的一個第一類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度滿足第二節點的期望。上述滿足第三門限可以為第二節點的一個第二類單元的發送功率或發送功率譜密度減去第二節點的一個第一類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度後得到的差值不超過第三門限。以Case D為例,第二節點執行Case D的操作,可能要求第二節點的一個第一類單元的發送功率或發射功率譜密度和第二節點的一個第二類單元的接收功率或接收功率譜密度的差值滿足第四門限或第二節點的一個第一類單元的發送功率或發送功率譜密度滿足第二節點的期望。其中,上述第一門限、第二門限、第三門限、第四門限為第一節點或第四節點和第二節點協商的門限,或者第一節點或第四節點為第二節點配置的門限,或約定的門限,或第二節點判定的門限。Optionally, different combinations of transmission directions can correspond to different power control mechanisms. Taking Case A as an example, the second node performs the operation of Case A, and can require that the transmission power of a second type unit of the second node and the transmission power of a second type unit of the second node do not exceed the maximum transmission of the second node The transmission power or power spectral density of the power or both does not exceed the first threshold. Taking Case B as an example, the second node performing the operation of Case B may require the received power or received power spectral density of a second type unit of the second node and the received power or received power of a second type unit of the second node The spectral density is equal or the difference between the two does not exceed the second threshold. Taking Case C as an example, the second node performs the operation of Case C, which may require the received power or received power spectral density of a first type unit of the second node and the transmission power or transmission power of a second type unit of the second node The difference in the spectral density meets the third threshold or the received power or received power spectral density of a first-type unit of the second node meets the expectation of the second node. The above-mentioned meeting the third threshold may be that the transmit power or transmit power spectral density of a second type unit of the second node minus the received power or received power spectral density of a first type unit of the second node does not exceed the difference The third threshold. Taking Case D as an example, the second node performing the operation of Case D may require the transmit power or transmit power spectral density of a first type unit of the second node and the received power or received power of a second type unit of the second node The difference of the spectral density meets the fourth threshold or the transmission power or the transmission power spectral density of a first type unit of the second node meets the expectation of the second node. Wherein, the above-mentioned first threshold, second threshold, third threshold, and fourth threshold are thresholds negotiated by the first node or the fourth node and the second node, or the first node or the fourth node is the threshold configured by the second node, Or the agreed threshold, or the threshold determined by the second node.

例如,第二節點上報傳輸方向組合為Case B,第二節點上報的第一能力的功控機制為要求傳輸方向組合對應的功控機制,即表示第二節點告知第一節點或第四節點,當Case B對應的功率要求被滿足時第二節點支援Case B。For example, the transmission direction combination reported by the second node is Case B, and the power control mechanism of the first capability reported by the second node is the power control mechanism corresponding to the transmission direction combination, which means that the second node informs the first node or the fourth Node, when the power requirement corresponding to Case B is met, the second node supports Case B.

第二節點上報第一能力也可以為上報功控機制、定時機制、多工機制中的多個。例如,第二節點上報傳輸方向組合為Case B,第二節點上報的第一能力的功控機制為要求Case B對應的功控機制,第二節點上報的第一能力的定時機制為要求Case B對應的定時機制。當Case B要求的功控機制為第二節點的一個第一類單元的接收功率和第二節點的一個第二類單元的接收功率譜密度之差不超過第二門限時,則表示第二節點的第二類單元的一個細胞和第一類單元的一個細胞或分量載波支援Case B多工。The first capability reported by the second node may also be multiple of a report power control mechanism, a timing mechanism, and a multiplexing mechanism. For example, the transmission direction combination reported by the second node is Case B, the power control mechanism for the first capability reported by the second node is the power control mechanism corresponding to Case B, and the timing mechanism for the first capability reported by the second node is The timing mechanism corresponding to Case B is required. When the power control mechanism required by Case B is that the difference between the received power of a first-type unit of the second node and the received power spectral density of a second-type unit of the second node does not exceed the second threshold, it means the second node One cell of the second type unit and one cell or component carrier of the first type unit support Case B multiplexing.

圖15是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖,如圖15所示,該裝置可以包括:指示模組1501;指示模組1501,用於將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiple operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification. As shown in FIG. 15, the device may include: an indication module 1501; an indication module 1501, which is used to indicate the first operation combination to the second node.

該裝置也可以包括配置模組1502,如圖15a所示,其中,配置模組1502用於配置第一操作組合,即由配置模組1502配置第一操作組合,指示模組1501將第一操作組合指示至第二節點。The device may also include a configuration module 1502, as shown in FIG. 15a, where the configuration module 1502 is used to configure the first operation combination, that is, the configuration module 1502 configures the first operation combination and instructs the module 1501 to perform the first operation combination. Combine instructions to the second node.

可選地,該裝置可以僅包括配置模組1502,如圖15b所示,該配置模組1502用於配置第一操作組合。Optionally, the device may only include a configuration module 1502, as shown in FIG. 15b, the configuration module 1502 is used to configure the first operation combination.

如圖15c所示,上述裝置也可以僅包括指示模組1501和獲取模組1503;其中,獲取模組1503,用於獲取第四節點配置的第一操作組合,即由獲取模組1503獲取第一操作組合,由指示模組1501指示獲取模組1503獲取的第一操作組合。As shown in Figure 15c, the above-mentioned device may also only include an indication module 1501 and an acquisition module 1503; wherein, the acquisition module 1503 is used to acquire the first operation combination of the fourth node configuration, that is, the acquisition module 1503 acquires the first operation combination of the fourth node configuration. For an operation combination, the instruction module 1501 instructs the acquisition module 1503 to obtain the first operation combination.

上述裝置中所涉及到的第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。The first operation combination involved in the above device includes any one of the following: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and a frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability.

示例性地,多工操作組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,多工操作可以包括時分多工TDM、非時分多工no-TDM、空分多工SDM、頻分多工FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、不受限no-limited中的任意一個;其中,多工方式一表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式二表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行上行接收,多工方式三表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式四表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行上行接收;多工操作與幀結構組合指示所述第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。多工操作與可用性組合指示所述第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。Exemplarily, the multiplexing operation combination indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplexing operation may include time division multiplexing TDM, non-time division multiplexing no-TDM, and space division multiplexing SDM , Frequency division multiplexing FDM, multiplexing mode one, multiplexing mode two, multiplexing mode three, multiplexing mode four, unlimited no-limited; among them, multiplexing mode one means the second node The first type of unit performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs downlink transmission. The multiplex mode 2 means that the first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception. The multiplex mode 3 represents the first type of unit. The first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs downlink transmission. Multiplexing mode 4 means that the first type of unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception; multiplexing The combination of operation and frame structure indicates a multiplex operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates a frame structure of one or more time units of the second node. The combination of multiplexing operation and availability indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

在一種示例中,上述指示模組1501,用於透過通知信令將指示第一操作組合的組合識別碼ID指示至第二節點;其中,通知信令包括RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI中的任意一個,DCI包括DCI format 2_x,或者DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0。In an example, the above-mentioned indication module 1501 is used to indicate the combined identification code ID indicating the first operation combination to the second node through notification signaling; wherein, the notification signaling includes RRC signaling, MAC CE, and DCI. For any one, DCI includes DCI format 2_x, or DCI format 2_5, or DCI format 2_0.

在一種示例中,DCI可以透過第一RNTI交錯編碼。In an example, the DCI can be interleaved with the first RNTI.

在一種示例中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示F型別資源的傳輸方向。In an example, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the first-type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the F-type resource; and/or, In the case that a multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the F-type resource.

在一種示例中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在所述第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,第一操作組合指示在所述第二節點執行多工操作時,F型別資源的傳輸方向。In an example, in the case that a multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission of type F resources of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates that when the second node performs the multiplex operation , The transmission direction of the F-type resource; and/or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the flexible transmission of the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, the first operation combination indicates in the When the second node performs multiplexing operations, the transmission direction of the F-type resources.

在一種示例中,第一操作組合指示在所述第二節點進行多工操作時,第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,第一操作組合指示在第二節點進行多工操作時,第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向。In an example, the first operation combination indicates the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs multiplexing operations; and/or the first operation combination indicates the multiplexing operation at the second node During operation, the transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node.

在一種示例中,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。In an example, when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the unit of the first type of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication; When the transmission direction indicated by an operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the second type unit of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication.

在一種示例中,在DCI包括DCI format 2_5的情況下,組合ID指示TDM對應的時間單位的可用性,或者,所組合ID指示no-TDM對應的時間單位的多工操作,或者,組合ID指示對應的時間單位的多工操作和可用性。In an example, when the DCI includes DCI format 2_5, the combined ID indicates the availability of the time unit corresponding to TDM, or the combined ID indicates the multiplexing operation of the time unit corresponding to no-TDM, or the combined ID indicates the corresponding Multiplex operation and availability of the unit of time.

在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為F單元,則組合ID指示時間單位的幀結構;或者,在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為上行UL或下行DL,則組合ID指示時間單位的多工操作。In the case that DCI includes DCI format 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit is F unit, the combination ID indicates the frame structure of the time unit; or, in the case that DCI includes DCI format 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit The time unit is uplink UL or downlink DL, and the combined ID indicates the multiplexing operation of the time unit.

在一種示例中,在第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向與所述第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,在第二節點的第二類單元的資源傳輸方向與所述第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;其中,發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示第一操作組合的信令和指示第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。In an example, in the case that the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, determine the first node of the second node according to the notification signaling that is sent later. The transmission direction of the type unit; and/or, in the case that the resource transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, the second node is determined according to the notification signaling that is sent later The transmission direction of the second-type unit of the second node; wherein the notification signaling that is sent later includes the signaling that indicates the first operation combination and the signaling that indicates the resource direction of the second node.

在一種示例中,配置模組1502,用於配置第二節點的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。In an example, the configuration module 1502 is used to configure the first operation combination of the second node; or, configure the first operation combination of the second type unit of the second node; or, configure the second type unit of the second node The first operation combination of the corresponding cell; or, configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node.

在一種示例中,第一操作組合包含偏移量,偏移量用於指示通知信令生效的時間偏移量,通知信令用於指示所述第一操作組合。In an example, the first operation combination includes an offset, the offset is used to indicate the time offset for the notification signaling to take effect, and the notification signaling is used to indicate the first operation combination.

在一種示例中,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定;或者,第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定。In an example, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the second node The timing determination of the time unit of the component carrier of the first type unit.

本實施例提供的多工操作裝置用於實作圖4b、圖5、圖6所示實施例的多工操作方法,其實作原理和技術效果類似,此處不再贅述。The multiplexing operation device provided in this embodiment is used to implement the multiplexing operation method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 4b, FIG. 5, and FIG.

圖16為本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖,如圖16所示,該裝置可以包括配置模組1601;配置模組1601用於配置第一操作組合;其中,第一操作組合包括第二節點的操作組合,或者第三節點的操作組合,第三節點為第二節點的子節點,第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構組合、多工操作與可用性組合。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiple operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification. As shown in FIG. 16, the device may include a configuration module 1601; the configuration module 1601 is used to configure a first operation combination; wherein, the first operation The combination includes the operation combination of the second node or the operation combination of the third node. The third node is a child node of the second node. The first operation combination includes any of the following: multiplex operation combination, multiplex operation and frame structure combination, Combination of multiplex operation and usability.

示例性地,多工操作組合指示所述第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、no-limited中的任意一個;其中,多工方式一表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式二表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行上行接收,多工方式三表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式四表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行上行接收;多工操作與幀結構組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。多工操作與可用性組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。Exemplarily, the multiplex operation combination indicates the multiplex operation on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplex operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, multiplex mode one, and multiplex mode two , Multiplex mode three, multiplex mode four, no-limited any one; among them, multiplex mode one means that the first type of unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs downlink transmission, multiplexing The second mode means that the first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception, and the multiplexing mode 3 means that the first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs downlink Transmission, multiplexing mode four means that the first type of unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception; the combination of multiplexing operation and frame structure indicates the multiple of one or more time units of the second node It also indicates the frame structure of one or more time units of the second node. The combination of multiplexing operation and availability indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

在一種示例中,配置模組1601,用於透過F1-AP信令將第一操作組合的組合ID配置至第二節點或者第一節點。In an example, the configuration module 1601 is used to configure the combined ID of the first operation combination to the second node or the first node through F1-AP signaling.

在第一操作組合包括第二節點的操作組合的情況下,配置模組1601用於配置第二節點的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的第一操作組合;或者,配置第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。In the case that the first operation combination includes the operation combination of the second node, the configuration module 1601 is used to configure the first operation combination of the second node; or, configure the first operation combination of the second type unit of the second node; or , Configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, configure the first operation of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node combination.

上述配置模組也可以用於執行圖13所示實施例中的其他程序,本說明書實施例在此不再贅述。The above-mentioned configuration module can also be used to execute other programs in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, which will not be repeated in the embodiment of this specification.

圖17為本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖,如圖17所示,該裝置包括:獲取模組1701和判定模組1702;獲取模組1701,用於獲取第一操作組合;判定模組1702,用於根據第一操作組合判定傳輸方向、傳輸方向和可用性、傳輸方向和幀結構中的至少之一。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiple operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification. As shown in FIG. 17, the device includes: an acquisition module 1701 and a determination module 1702; an acquisition module 1701 for acquiring a first operation combination ; The determination module 1702 is used to determine at least one of the transmission direction, the transmission direction and availability, the transmission direction and the frame structure according to the first operation combination.

第一操作組合包括以下任意一個:多工操作組合、多工操作與幀結構的組合、多工操作與可用性的組合。The first operation combination includes any one of the following: a combination of multiplexing operation, a combination of multiplexing operation and frame structure, a combination of multiplexing operation and availability.

示例性地,多工操作組合指示所述第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、多工方式一、多工方式二、多工方式三、多工方式四、no-limited中的任意一個;其中,多工方式一表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式二表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行上行接收,多工方式三表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時第二類單元執行下行發送,多工方式四表示第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時第二類單元執行上行接收;多工操作與幀結構組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的幀結構。多工操作與可用性組合指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示第二節點的一個或多個時間單位的可用性。Exemplarily, the multiplex operation combination indicates the multiplex operation on one or more time units of the second node, and the multiplex operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, multiplex mode one, and multiplex mode two , Multiplex mode three, multiplex mode four, no-limited any one; among them, multiplex mode one means that the first type of unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs downlink transmission, multiplexing The second mode means that the first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception, and the multiplexing mode 3 means that the first type of unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second type of unit performs downlink Transmission, multiplexing mode four means that the first type of unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second type of unit performs uplink reception; the combination of multiplexing operation and frame structure indicates the multiple of one or more time units of the second node It also indicates the frame structure of one or more time units of the second node. The combination of multiplexing operation and availability indicates the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicates the availability of one or more time units of the second node.

在一種示例中,獲取模組1701,用於透過通知信令獲取第一節點指示的第一操作組合的組合識別碼ID;其中,通知信令包括F1-AP信令、RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI中的任意一個,DCI包括DCI format 2_x,或者DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0。In an example, the obtaining module 1701 is configured to obtain the combined identification code ID of the first operation combination indicated by the first node through notification signaling; wherein, the notification signaling includes F1-AP signaling, RRC signaling, MAC CE , Any one of DCI, DCI includes DCI format 2_x, or DCI format 2_5, or DCI format 2_0.

示例性地,上述DCI可以透過第一RNTI交錯編碼。Exemplarily, the aforementioned DCI may be interleaved and coded through the first RNTI.

在一種示例中,獲取模組1701,用於所以約定或預設的方式從配置的第一操作組合中獲取第一操作組合的組合ID。In an example, the obtaining module 1701 is used to obtain the combination ID of the first operation combination from the configured first operation combination in an agreed or preset manner.

在一種示例中,判定模組1702,用於在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,根據所述第一操作組合判定F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,根據第一操作組合判定F型別資源的傳輸方向。In an example, the determination module 1702 is configured to determine F according to the first operation combination when the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission F type resource of the first type unit of the second node The transmission direction of the type resource; and/or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F type resource of the second type unit of the second node, determine the transmission of the F type resource according to the first operation combination direction.

可選地,判定模組1702還可以用於在上述裝置執行多工操作的情況下,根據多工操作組合的指示判定第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向;和/或,在上述裝置執行多工操作的情況下,根據多工操作組合的指示判定第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向。Optionally, the determining module 1702 can also be used to determine the transmission direction of the second-type unit of the second node according to the instructions of the multiplexing operation combination when the foregoing device performs multiplexing operations; and/or, in the foregoing device In the case of performing a multiplexing operation, the transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node is determined according to the instruction of the multiplexing operation combination.

可選地,判定模組1702還可以在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第一類單元的F型別資源的情況下,根據第一操作組合判定在第二節點執行多工操作時F型別資源的傳輸方向;和/或,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應第二節點的第二類單元的F型別資源的情況下,根據第一操作組合,判定在第二節點執行多工操作時F型別資源的傳輸方向。Optionally, the determining module 1702 may also determine to perform multiplexing at the second node according to the first operation combination when the multiplexing operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the first type unit of the second node. The transmission direction of the F-type resource during operation; and/or, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the F-type resource of the second-type unit of the second node, it is determined to be in the first operation combination according to the first operation combination. The transmission direction of F-type resources when the two nodes perform multiplexing operations.

在一種示例中,判定模組1702還可以用於在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,判定第一操作組合的指示為無效指示;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,判定第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。In an example, the determination module 1702 may also be used to determine that the first operation combination indicates that the transmission direction of the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the first type unit of the second node. Invalid indication; and/or, in the case where the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the second type unit of the second node, it is determined that the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication.

在DCI包括DCI format 2_5的情況下,判定模組1702可以用於判定組合ID指示的TDM對應的時間單位的可用性,或者,判定組合ID指示的no-TDM對應的時間單位的多工操作,或者,判定組合ID指示的對應的時間單位的多工操作和可用性。In the case that the DCI includes DCI format 2_5, the determination module 1702 can be used to determine the availability of the time unit corresponding to the TDM indicated by the combination ID, or to determine the multiplexing operation of the time unit corresponding to the no-TDM indicated by the combination ID, or , Determine the multiplex operation and availability of the corresponding time unit indicated by the combination ID.

判定模組1702可以用於在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為UL或DL,則判定組合ID指示的時間單位的多工操作;或者,在DCI包括DCI format 2_0的情況下,若第一類單元的時間單位為F單元,判定組合ID指示的時間單位的幀結構。The determining module 1702 can be used to determine the multiplex operation of the time unit indicated by the combination ID when the DCI includes the DCI format 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit is UL or DL; or, if the DCI includes the DCI format In the case of 2_0, if the time unit of the first type unit is an F unit, the frame structure of the time unit indicated by the combination ID is determined.

示例性地,判定模組1702還可以用於在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向不一致的情況下,根據發送時間靠後的通知信令判定傳輸方向;和/或,在第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與第二節點的第二類單元的資源傳輸方向不一致的情況下,根據發送時間靠後的通知信令判定傳輸方向;其中,發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示第一操作組合的信令和指示第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。Exemplarily, the judging module 1702 can also be used to judge the transmission according to the notification signaling of the later sending time when the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node. Direction; and/or, in the case where the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node, the transmission direction is determined according to the notification signaling after the transmission time; wherein, the transmission time The later notification signaling includes signaling that indicates the first operation combination and signaling that indicates the resource direction of the second node.

在一種示例中,獲取模組1701還可以用於獲取配置的第二節點的第一操作組合;或者,獲取配置的第二節點的第二類單元的第一操作組合;或者,獲取配置的第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的第一操作組合;或者,獲取配置的第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。In an example, the obtaining module 1701 may also be used to obtain the first operation combination of the configured second node; or, obtain the first operation combination of the second type unit of the configured second node; or, obtain the first operation combination of the configured second node. The first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, obtain the first operation combination of the configured cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node .

示例性地,判定模組1702還可以用於根據第一操作組合包含的偏移量,判定通知信令生效的時間;其中,通知信令用於指示第一操作組合。Exemplarily, the determining module 1702 may also be used to determine the time when the notification signaling takes effect according to the offset included in the first operation combination; wherein the notification signaling is used to indicate the first operation combination.

判定模組1702還可以根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時;或者,根據第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時。The determining module 1702 may also determine the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, according to the component carrier of the first type unit of the second node The timing of the time unit determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination.

可選地,判定模組1702還可以用於根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者,根據第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的參考子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。Optionally, the determining module 1702 may also be used to determine the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, according to the second The reference subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination.

可選地,判定模組1702還可以根據第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者,根據第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的參考子載波間隔,判定第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。Optionally, the determining module 1702 may also determine the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; or, according to the second node The reference subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to the unit of the first type is determined to determine the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination.

本實施例提供的多工操作裝置用於實作圖14所示實施例的多工操作方法,其實作原理和技術效果類似,此處不再贅述。The multiplexing operation device provided in this embodiment is used to implement the multiplexing operation method of the embodiment shown in FIG.

圖18為本說明書實施例提供的一種網路節點的結構示意圖,如圖18所示,該網路節點包括處理器1801和記憶體1802;網路節點中處理器1801的數量可以是一個或多個,圖18中以一個處理器1801為例;網路節點中的處理器1801和記憶體1802可以透過匯流排或其他方式連接,圖18中以透過匯流排連接為例。Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network node provided by an embodiment of this specification. As shown in Figure 18, the network node includes a processor 1801 and a memory 1802; the number of processors 1801 in the network node can be one or more One, in FIG. 18, a processor 1801 is taken as an example; the processor 1801 and the memory 1802 in the network node can be connected through a bus or other methods. In FIG. 18, a connection through a bus is taken as an example.

記憶體1802作為一種電腦可讀儲存媒體,可用於儲存軟體程式、電腦可執行程式以及模組,如本說明書圖4b、圖5、圖6、圖13、圖14任一實施例中的方法對應的程式指令/模組。處理器1801透過運行儲存在記憶體1802中的軟體程式、指令以及模組實作上述的圖4b、圖5、圖6、圖13、圖14實施例中的方法。The memory 1802, as a computer-readable storage medium, can be used to store software programs, computer-executable programs, and modules, as shown in the method corresponding to any of the embodiments in Figure 4b, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 13, and Figure 14 in this specification. Program instructions/modules. The processor 1801 implements the above-mentioned method in the embodiments of FIG. 4b, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 13, and FIG. 14 by running software programs, instructions, and modules stored in the memory 1802.

記憶體1802可主要包括儲存程式區和儲存資料區,其中,儲存程式區可儲存作業系統、至少一個功能所需的應用程式;儲存資料區可儲存根據機上盒的使用所創建的資料等。此外,記憶體1802可以包括高速接入隨機接入記憶體,還可以包括非易失性記憶體,例如至少一個磁碟記憶體件、快閃記憶體器件、或其他非易失性固態記憶體件。The memory 1802 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store an application program required by the operating system and at least one function; the storage data area can store data created based on the use of the set-top box. In addition, the memory 1802 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk memory device, flash memory device, or other non-volatile solid-state memory. Pieces.

在一種示例中,在可能的情況下,上述節點中的處理器也可以透過其內部的邏輯電路、門電路等硬體電路實作上述的簽約資料更新方法。In an example, where possible, the processor in the node may also implement the above subscription data update method through hardware circuits such as internal logic circuits and gate circuits.

本說明書實施例進一步提供了一種可讀寫儲存媒體,用於電腦儲存,儲存媒體儲存有一個或者多個程式,在一個或者多個程式可被一個或者多個處理器執行時,可以實作如圖4b、圖5、圖6、圖13、圖14任一實施例所提供的方法。The embodiment of this specification further provides a readable and writable storage medium for computer storage. The storage medium stores one or more programs. When one or more programs can be executed by one or more processors, it can be implemented as The method provided in any one of the embodiments of FIG. 4b, FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 13, and FIG. 14.

上文中所公開方法中的全部或一些步驟、設備中的功能模組/單元可以被實施為軟體、韌體、硬體及其適當的組合。All or some of the steps in the method disclosed above, and the functional modules/units in the device can be implemented as software, firmware, hardware, and appropriate combinations thereof.

在硬體實施方式中,在以上描述中提及的功能模組/單元之間的劃分不一定對應於物理元件的劃分;例如,一個物理元件可以具有多個功能,或者一個功能或步驟可以由若干物理元件合作執行。一些物理元件或所有物理元件可以被實施為由處理器,如中央處理器、數位訊號處理器或微處理器執行的軟體,或者被實施為硬體,或者被實施為積體電路,如專用積體電路。這樣的軟體可以分佈在電腦可讀媒體上,電腦可讀媒體可以包括電腦儲存媒體(或非暫時性媒體)和通訊媒體(或暫時性媒體)。術語電腦儲存媒體包括在用於儲存資訊(諸如電腦可讀指令、資料結構、程式模組或其他資料)的任何方法或技術中實施的易失性和非易失性、可移除和不可移除媒體。電腦儲存媒體包括但不接入限於隨機接入記憶體(Random Access Memory,RAM)、唯讀記憶體(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、帶電可擦可程式唯讀記憶體(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory,EEPROM)、快閃記憶體或其他記憶體技術、光碟唯讀記憶體(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)、數位多功能盤(Digital Versatile Disc,DVD)或其他光碟儲存、磁盒、磁帶、磁片儲存或其他磁儲存裝置、或者可以用於儲存期望的資訊並且可以被電腦接入的任何其他的媒體。通訊媒體通常包含電腦可讀指令、資料結構、程式模組或者諸如載波或其他傳輸機制之類的調變信號中的其他資料,並且可包括任何資訊遞送媒體。In hardware implementations, the division between functional modules/units mentioned in the above description does not necessarily correspond to the division of physical elements; for example, a physical element may have multiple functions, or a function or step may be defined by Several physical elements are implemented in cooperation. Some physical elements or all physical elements can be implemented as software executed by a processor, such as a central processing unit, a digital signal processor, or a microprocessor, or as hardware, or as an integrated circuit, such as a dedicated product. Body circuit. Such software may be distributed on computer-readable media, and computer-readable media may include computer storage media (or non-transitory media) and communication media (or temporary media). The term computer storage media includes volatile and non-volatile, removable and non-removable implemented in any method or technology used to store information (such as computer-readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data) In addition to the media. Computer storage media include but are not limited to random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), and electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only). Only Memory, EEPROM), flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) or other optical disc storage, Magnetic cassettes, magnetic tapes, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other media that can be used to store desired information and that can be accessed by a computer. Communication media usually include computer-readable instructions, data structures, program modules, or other data in modulated signals such as carrier waves or other transmission mechanisms, and may include any information delivery media.

S4001, S401, S501, S502, S601, S602, S1301, S1401, S1402:步驟 1501:指示模組1502:配置模組 1503:獲取模組1601:配置模組 1701:獲取模組1702:判定模組 1801:處理器1802:記憶體S4001, S401, S501, S502, S601, S602, S1301, S1401, S1402: steps 1501: Indication module 1502: Configuration module 1503: Get the module 1601: Configure the module 1701: Acquisition module 1702: Judgment module 1801: processor 1802: memory

圖1是多跳網路節點關係的示意圖; 圖2是IAB-MT的下行接收操作相對於IAB-DU的上行接收操作有若干時間延遲量的示意圖; 圖3是IAB-MT的上行發送操作相對於IAB-DU的下行發送操作有若干時間提前量的示意圖; 圖4a是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖4b是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖5是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖6是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖7是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作組合示意圖; 圖8是本說明書實施例提供的一種若干時間單位的多工操作組合的示意圖; 圖9是本說明書實施例提供的一種組合ID的示意圖; 圖10是本說明書實施例提供的一種第二節點的TDM和no-TDM時域分佈的示意圖; 圖11是本說明書實施例提供的一種組合ID的示意圖; 圖12是本說明書實施例提供的一種幀結構的示意圖; 圖13是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖14是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作方法的流程圖; 圖15是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖15a是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖15b是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖15c是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖16是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖17是本說明書實施例提供的一種多工操作裝置的結構示意圖; 圖18是本說明書實施例提供的一種網路節點的結構示意圖。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between nodes in a multi-hop network; Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram showing that the downlink receiving operation of IAB-MT has several time delays relative to the uplink receiving operation of IAB-DU; Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram showing that the uplink transmission operation of IAB-MT has a certain time advance relative to the downlink transmission operation of IAB-DU; FIG. 4a is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; Figure 4b is a flow chart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a combination of multiple operations provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a multiple operation combination of several time units provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a combined ID provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of time-domain distribution of TDM and no-TDM of a second node provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a combined ID provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a frame structure provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a multiplexing operation method provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiplex operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification; Figure 15a is a schematic structural diagram of a multiplex operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification; Figure 15b is a schematic structural diagram of a multiplex operating device provided by an embodiment of this specification; Figure 15c is a schematic structural diagram of a multiplex operating device provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiplex operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a multiple operation device provided by an embodiment of this specification; FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a network node provided by an embodiment of this specification.

S501,S502:步驟 S501, S502: steps

Claims (40)

一種多工操作方法,應用於一第一節點,包括: 將一第一操作組合指示至一第二節點; 其中,該第一操作組合包括以下一個:一多工操作組合、一多工操作與幀結構組合、一多工操作與可用性組合。A multiplexing operation method applied to a first node, including: Instruct a first operation combination to a second node; Wherein, the first operation combination includes one of the following: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability. 根據請求項1所述的方法,其中,該多工操作組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作包括時分多工(TDM)、非時分多工(no-TDM)、空分多工(SDM)、頻分多工(FDM)、一多工方式一、一多工方式二、一多工方式三、一多工方式四、不受限(no-limited)中的一個;其中, 該多工方式一表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行下行發送, 該多工方式二表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收, 該多工方式三表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行下行發送, 該多工方式四表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收; 該多工操作與幀結構組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的幀結構;以及 該多工操作與可用性組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的可用性。The method according to claim 1, wherein the combination of multiplexing operations is used to indicate multiplexing operations on at least one time unit of the second node, and the multiplexing operations include time division multiplexing (TDM) and non-time division multiplexing (TDM). Multiplexing (no-TDM), Space Division Multiplexing (SDM), Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM), a multiplexing mode 1, a multiplexing mode 2, a multiplexing mode three, a multiplexing mode four, not One of the no-limited; among them, The multiplexing mode one means that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs downlink transmission. The second multiplexing mode means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception. The multiplexing mode three means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs downlink transmission. The multiplexing mode four indicates that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception; The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on at least one time unit of the second node, and indicate the frame structure of at least one time unit of the second node; and The combination of multiplexing operation and availability is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on at least one time unit of the second node, and indicate the availability of at least one time unit of the second node. 根據請求項1或2所述的方法,其中,將該第一操作組合指示至第二節點的步驟,包括: 該第一節點透過一通知信令將該第一操作組合的組合識別碼ID指示至該第二節點; 其中,該通知信令包括一無線資源控制(RRC)信令、一媒體接入控制控制單元(MAC CE)、一下行控制指示(DCI)中的一個,該DCI包括DCI format 2_x,DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the step of instructing the first operation combination to the second node includes: The first node indicates the combined identification code ID of the first operation combination to the second node through a notification signaling; Wherein, the notification signaling includes one of a radio resource control (RRC) signaling, a medium access control control unit (MAC CE), and a downstream control indication (DCI). The DCI includes DCI format 2_x, DCI format 2_5 , Or DCI format 2_0. 根據請求項3所述的方法,其中,該DCI透過第一無線網路臨時識別碼(RNTI)交錯編碼。The method according to claim 3, wherein the DCI is interleaved with a first wireless network temporary identification number (RNTI). 根據請求項2所述的方法,其中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應該第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,該第一操作組合用於指示該F型別資源的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 2, wherein, in the case that a multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission F type resource of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination is used to indicate the Transmission direction of F-type resources. 根據請求項2所述的方法,其中,在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應該第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,該第一操作組合用於指示在該第二節點執行多工操作的情況下,該F型別資源的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 2, wherein, in the case that the multiplex operation in one time unit corresponds to the elastic transmission F type resource of the first type unit of the second node, the first operation combination is used to indicate When the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the transmission direction of the F-type resource. 根據請求項2所述的方法,其中,該第一操作組合用於指示在該第二節點進行多工操作的情況下,該第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 2, wherein the first operation combination is used to indicate the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node when the second node performs a multiplexing operation. 根據請求項2所述的方法,其中,在該第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與該第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,該第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。The method according to claim 2, wherein, in the case that the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the first type unit of the second node, the indication of the first operation combination is Invalid instructions. 根據請求項3所述的方法,其中,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_5的情況下,該組合ID用於指示TDM對應的時間單位的可用性,或者,該組合ID用於指示no-TDM對應的時間單位的多工操作,或者,該組合ID用於指示對應的時間單位的多工操作和可用性。The method according to claim 3, wherein, when the DCI includes DCI format 2_5, the combined ID is used to indicate the availability of the time unit corresponding to TDM, or the combined ID is used to indicate the time corresponding to no-TDM The multiplex operation of the unit, or the combination ID is used to indicate the multiplex operation and availability of the corresponding time unit. 根據請求項3所述的方法,其中,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_0,且該第一類單元的時間單位為F單元的情況下,該組合ID指示該時間單位的幀結構; 或者,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_0,且該第一類單元的時間單位為上行(UL)或下行(DL)的情況下,該組合ID指示該時間單位的多工操作。The method according to claim 3, wherein, in the case where the DCI includes DCI format 2_0 and the time unit of the first type unit is an F unit, the combination ID indicates the frame structure of the time unit; Or, in the case that the DCI includes DCI format 2_0, and the time unit of the first type unit is uplink (UL) or downlink (DL), the combined ID indicates the multiplexing operation of the time unit. 根據請求項3所述的方法,其中,在該第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向與該第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,按照發送時間靠後的通知信令判定該第二節點的第一類單元的傳輸方向; 其中,該發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示該第一操作組合的信令和指示該第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。The method according to claim 3, wherein when the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node is inconsistent with the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination, it is determined according to the notification signaling that is sent later The transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node; Wherein, the notification signaling with a later sending time includes signaling indicating the first operation combination and signaling with a later time among the signaling indicating the resource direction of the second node. 根據請求項1或2所述的方法,進一步包含: 配置該第一操作組合,包括: 配置該第二節點的第一操作組合;或者, 配置該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和該第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。The method according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising: Configuring the first operation combination includes: Configure the first operation combination of the second node; or, Configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node. 根據請求項1至3任一項所述的方法,其中,該第一操作組合包含偏移量,該偏移量用於指示通知信令生效的時間偏移量,該通知信令用於指示該第一操作組合。The method according to any one of claim items 1 to 3, wherein the first operation combination includes an offset, and the offset is used to indicate a time offset for the notification signaling to take effect, and the notification signaling is used to indicate The first operation combination. 根據請求項13所述的方法,其中, 該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定;或者, 該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時按照該第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定。The method according to claim 13, wherein: The timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, The timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination is determined according to the timing of the component carrier of the first type unit of the second node. 一種多工操作方法,應用於一第四節點,包括: 配置一第一操作組合; 其中,該第一操作組合包括一第二節點的第一操作組合,該第二節點的第一操作組合包括以下一個:一多工操作組合、一多工操作與幀結構組合、一多工操作與可用性組合。A multiplexing operation method applied to a fourth node, including: Configure a first operation combination; Wherein, the first operation combination includes a first operation combination of a second node, and the first operation combination of the second node includes one of the following: a multiplexing operation combination, a multiplexing operation and frame structure combination, and a multiplexing operation Combine with usability. 根據請求項15所述的方法,其中, 該多工操作組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、一多工方式一、一多工方式二、一多工方式三、一多工方式四、no-limited中的一個;其中, 該多工方式一表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行下行發送, 該多工方式二表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收, 該多工方式三表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行下行發送, 該多工方式四表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收; 該多工操作與幀結構組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的幀結構;以及 該多工操作與可用性組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的可用性。The method according to claim 15, wherein: The multiplex operation combination is used to indicate the multiplex operation on at least one time unit of the second node. The multiplex operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, a multiplex mode one, a multiplex mode two, One of the multiplex mode three, one multiplex mode four, and no-limited; among them, The multiplexing mode one means that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs downlink transmission. The second multiplexing mode means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception. The multiplexing mode three means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs downlink transmission. The multiplexing mode four indicates that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception; The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on at least one time unit of the second node, and indicate the frame structure of at least one time unit of the second node; and The combination of multiplexing operation and availability is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on at least one time unit of the second node, and indicate the availability of at least one time unit of the second node. 根據請求項15或16所述的方法,其中,配置該第一操作組合的步驟包括: 該第四節點透過一F1應用層協議(F1-AP)信令將該第一操作組合的組合識別碼ID配置至該第二節點或者第一節點。The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the step of configuring the first operation combination includes: The fourth node configures the combined identification code ID of the first operation combination to the second node or the first node through an F1 application layer protocol (F1-AP) signaling. 根據請求項15所述的方法,其中,在該第一操作組合包括該第二節點的操作組合的情況下,配置該第一操作組合的步驟包括: 配置該第二節點的第一操作組合;或者, 配置該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和該第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。The method according to claim 15, wherein, in the case that the first operation combination includes the operation combination of the second node, the step of configuring the first operation combination includes: Configure the first operation combination of the second node; or, Configure the first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node. 一種多工操作方法,應用於一第二節點,包括: 該第二節點獲取一第一操作組合; 該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向; 其中,該第一操作組合包括以下一個:一多工操作組合、一多工操作與幀結構的組合、一多工操作與可用性的組合。A multiplexing operation method applied to a second node, including: The second node obtains a first operation combination; The second node determines the transmission direction according to the first operation combination; Wherein, the first operation combination includes one of the following: a combination of multiple operation, a combination of multiple operation and frame structure, and a combination of multiple operation and availability. 根據請求項19所述的方法,其中, 該多工操作組合用於指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位上的多工操作,該多工操作包括TDM、no-TDM、SDM、FDM、一多工方式一、一多工方式二、一多工方式三、一多工方式四、no-limited中的任意一個; 該多工方式一表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行下行發送, 該多工方式二表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收, 該多工方式三表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行下行接收,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行發送, 該多工方式四表示該第二節點中的第一類單元執行上行發送,同時該第二節點中的第二類單元執行上行接收; 該多工操作與幀結構組合用於指示該第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的幀結構;以及 該多工操作與可用性組合用於指示該第二節點的一個或多個時間單位上的多工操作,並指示該第二節點的至少一個時間單位的可用性。The method according to claim 19, wherein: The multiplex operation combination is used to indicate the multiplex operation on at least one time unit of the second node. The multiplex operation includes TDM, no-TDM, SDM, FDM, a multiplex mode one, a multiplex mode two, Any one of one multi-mode three, one multi-mode four, no-limited; The multiplexing mode one means that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs downlink transmission. The second multiplexing mode means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception. The multiplexing mode three means that the first-type unit in the second node performs downlink reception, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission. The multiplexing mode four indicates that the first-type unit in the second node performs uplink transmission, while the second-type unit in the second node performs uplink reception; The combination of the multiplexing operation and the frame structure is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicate the frame structure of at least one time unit of the second node; and The combination of multiplexing operation and availability is used to indicate the multiplexing operation on one or more time units of the second node, and indicate the availability of at least one time unit of the second node. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,其中,該第二節點獲取配置的第一操作組合的步驟包括: 該第二節點透過一通知信令獲取第一節點指示的該第一操作組合的組合識別碼ID; 其中,該通知信令包括一F1-AP信令、一RRC信令、一MAC CE、一DCI中的一個,該DCI包括DCI format 2_x,或者DCI format 2_5,或者DCI format 2_0。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the step of obtaining the configured first operation combination by the second node includes: The second node obtains the combined identification code ID of the first operation combination indicated by the first node through a notification signaling; The notification signaling includes one of F1-AP signaling, RRC signaling, MAC CE, and DCI, and the DCI includes DCI format 2_x, or DCI format 2_5, or DCI format 2_0. 根據請求項21所述的方法,其中,該DCI透過第一RNTI交錯編碼。The method according to claim 21, wherein the DCI is interleaved and coded through the first RNTI. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,其中,該第二節點獲取配置的第一操作組合的步驟包括: 該第二節點以約定或預設的方式從配置的該第一操作組合中獲取第一操作組合的組合ID。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the step of obtaining the configured first operation combination by the second node includes: The second node obtains the combination ID of the first operation combination from the configured first operation combination in an agreed or preset manner. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,其中,該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向的步驟包括: 在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應該第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定該F型別資源的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the step of determining the transmission direction by the second node according to the first operation combination includes: In the case that the multiplex operation in a time unit corresponds to the flexible transmission of the F-type resource of the first-type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction of the F-type resource according to the first operation combination. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,其中該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向的步驟包括: 在該第二節點執行多工操作的情況下,該第二節點根據該多工操作組合的指示判定該第二節點的第二類單元的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the step of determining the transmission direction by the second node according to the first operation combination includes: In the case that the second node performs a multiplexing operation, the second node determines the transmission direction of the second type unit of the second node according to the indication of the multiplexing operation combination. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,其中該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向的步驟包括: 在一個時間單位上的多工操作對應該第二節點的第一類單元的彈性傳輸F型別資源的情況下,該第二節點根據該第一操作組合,判定在該第二節點執行多工操作的情況下該F型別資源的傳輸方向。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the step of determining the transmission direction by the second node according to the first operation combination includes: In the case that the multiplexing operation in a time unit corresponds to the flexible transmission F-type resource of the first type unit of the second node, the second node determines to perform multiplexing at the second node according to the first operation combination The transmission direction of the F-type resource in the case of operation. 根據請求項19或20所述的方法,進一步包含: 在該第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與該第二節點的第一類單元的時間單位的傳輸方向不一致的情況下,該第二節點判定該第一操作組合的指示為無效指示。The method according to claim 19 or 20, further comprising: In the case that the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the transmission direction of the time unit of the unit of the first type of the second node, the second node determines that the indication of the first operation combination is an invalid indication. 根據請求項21所述的方法,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_5的情況下,該方法進一步包含: 該第二節點判定該組合ID指示的TDM對應的時間單位的可用性,或者,該第二節點判定該組合ID指示的no-TDM對應的時間單位的多工操作,或者,該第二節點判定該組合ID指示的對應的時間單位的多工操作和可用性。According to the method described in claim 21, in the case that the DCI includes DCI format 2_5, the method further includes: The second node determines the availability of the time unit corresponding to the TDM indicated by the combination ID, or the second node determines the multiplexing operation of the time unit corresponding to the no-TDM indicated by the combination ID, or the second node determines the The multiplex operation and availability of the corresponding time unit indicated by the combination ID. 根據請求項21所述的方法,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_0,且該第一類單元的時間單位為上行UL或下行DL的情況下,該方法進一步包含: 該第二節點判定該組合ID指示的該時間單位的多工操作; 或者,在該DCI包括DCI format 2_0,且該第一類單元的時間單位為F單元的情況下,該方法進一步包含: 該第二節點判定該組合ID指示的該時間單位的幀結構。According to the method described in claim 21, when the DCI includes DCI format 2_0 and the time unit of the first type unit is uplink UL or downlink DL, the method further includes: The second node determines the multiplexing operation of the time unit indicated by the combination ID; Or, in the case that the DCI includes DCI format 2_0, and the time unit of the first type unit is an F unit, the method further includes: The second node determines the frame structure of the time unit indicated by the combination ID. 根據請求項19至21任一項所述的方法,其中該第二節點根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向的步驟包括: 在該第一操作組合指示的傳輸方向與該第二節點的第一類單元的資源傳輸方向不一致的情況下,該第二節點根據發送時間靠後的通知信令判定傳輸方向; 其中,該發送時間靠後的通知信令包括指示該第一操作組合的信令和指示該第二節點的資源方向的信令中時間靠後的信令。The method according to any one of claim items 19 to 21, wherein the step of the second node determining the transmission direction according to the first operation combination includes: In the case that the transmission direction indicated by the first operation combination is inconsistent with the resource transmission direction of the first type unit of the second node, the second node determines the transmission direction according to the notification signaling that is sent later; Wherein, the notification signaling with a later sending time includes signaling indicating the first operation combination and signaling with a later time among the signaling indicating the resource direction of the second node. 根據請求項19所述的方法,其中該第二節點獲取配置的第一操作組合的步驟包括: 該第二節點獲取配置的該第二節點的第一操作組合;或者, 該第二節點獲取配置的該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞和該第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的第一操作組合。The method according to claim 19, wherein the step of obtaining the configured first operation combination by the second node includes: The second node obtains the configured first operation combination of the second node; or, The second node obtains the configured first operation combination of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node and the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node. 根據請求項19至21任一項所述的方法,進一步包含: 該第二節點根據該第一操作組合包含的偏移量,判定通知信令生效的時間; 其中,該通知信令用於指示該第一操作組合。The method according to any one of claims 19 to 21, further comprising: The second node determines the effective time of the notification signaling according to the offset included in the first operation combination; Wherein, the notification signaling is used to indicate the first operation combination. 根據請求項32所述的方法,進一步包含: 該第二節點根據該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的定時判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時;或者, 該第二節點根據第二節點的第一類單元的分量載波的時間單位的定時判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的定時。The method according to claim 32, further comprising: The second node determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the timing of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, The second node determines the timing of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the timing of the time unit of the component carrier of the unit of the first type of the second node. 根據請求項33所述的方法,進一步包含: 該第二節點根據該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者, 該第二節點根據該第二節點的第二類單元對應的細胞的參考子載波間隔,判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。The method according to claim 33, further comprising: The second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node; or, The second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the reference subcarrier interval of the cell corresponding to the second type unit of the second node. 根據請求項33所述的方法,進一步包含: 該第二節點根據該第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的子載波間隔,判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間;或者, 該第二節點根據該第二節點的第一類單元對應的分量載波的時間單位的參考子載波間隔,判定該第一操作組合對應的時間單位的持續時間。The method according to claim 33, further comprising: The second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to the first type unit of the second node; or, The second node determines the duration of the time unit corresponding to the first operation combination according to the reference subcarrier interval of the time unit of the component carrier corresponding to the unit of the first type of the second node. 一種多工操作裝置,包括:一指示模組,設定為將一第一操作組合指示至一第二節點。A multiplex operation device includes: an indication module configured to indicate a first operation combination to a second node. 一種多工操作裝置,包括:一配置模組,設定為配置一第一操作組合;其中,該第一操作組合包括一第二節點的第一操作組合,該第二節點的第一操作組合包括以下一個:一多工操作組合、一多工操作與幀結構組合、一多工操作與可用性組合。A multiplex operation device includes: a configuration module configured to configure a first operation combination; wherein the first operation combination includes a first operation combination of a second node, and the first operation combination of the second node includes The following one: a combination of multiple operations, a combination of multiple operations and frame structure, and a combination of multiple operations and availability. 一種多工操作裝置,包括:一獲取模組和一判定模組;其中: 該獲取模組,設定為獲取一第一操作組合;以及 該判定模組,設定為根據該第一操作組合判定傳輸方向。A multi-tasking operation device includes: an acquisition module and a determination module; wherein: The obtaining module is set to obtain a first operation combination; and The determination module is set to determine the transmission direction according to the first operation combination. 一種網路節點,包括:一記憶體、一處理器及儲存在該記憶體上並可在該處理器上運行的一電腦程式,其中:該處理器執行該電腦程式時,實作如請求項1至14任一項所述的多工操作方法,或者,請求項15至18任一項所述的多工操作方法,請求項19至35任一項所述的多工操作方法。A network node includes: a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor, wherein: when the processor executes the computer program, it is implemented as a request item The multiplex operation method described in any one of 1 to 14, or the multiplex operation method described in any one of claim items 15 to 18, or the multiplex operation method described in any one of claim items 19 to 35. 一種電腦可讀儲存媒體,儲存有一電腦程式,該電腦程式被一處理器執行時實作如請求項1至14任一項所述的多工操作方法,或者,請求項15至18任一項所述的多工操作方法,請求項19至35任一項所述的多工操作方法。A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program that, when executed by a processor, implements the multiplex operation method according to any one of claim items 1 to 14, or any one of claim items 15 to 18 The multiplex operation method is the multiplex operation method described in any one of claim items 19 to 35.
TW110117589A 2020-10-22 2021-05-14 Multiplexing operation method, apparatus, node, and storage medium TW202142035A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011141024.0A CN112512126A (en) 2020-10-22 2020-10-22 Multiplexing operation method, device, node and storage medium
CN202011141024.0 2020-10-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202142035A true TW202142035A (en) 2021-11-01

Family

ID=74954191

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110117589A TW202142035A (en) 2020-10-22 2021-05-14 Multiplexing operation method, apparatus, node, and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112512126A (en)
TW (1) TW202142035A (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115190618A (en) * 2021-04-06 2022-10-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 IAB indication method, device, equipment and medium
EP4371360A1 (en) * 2021-07-16 2024-05-22 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatuses for resource multiplexing
CN115811750A (en) * 2021-09-15 2023-03-17 维沃软件技术有限公司 Data transmission method, node, terminal and network side equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112512126A (en) 2021-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021203873A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus, communication node, and storage medium
WO2020143828A1 (en) Method and apparatus for resource configuration
CN111884777B (en) Communication method and device
TW202142035A (en) Multiplexing operation method, apparatus, node, and storage medium
WO2014205742A1 (en) Carrier switching method, base station and user equipment
WO2019205970A1 (en) Resource configuration method and node
TWI797105B (en) Method and device for uplink transmission, terminal equipment, access network equipment, and system
WO2014117642A1 (en) Method for generating carrier configuration information, network side device, and user equipment
CN109152059B (en) User equipment and resource configuration method and system side of search space of user equipment
JP2020518161A (en) Physical downlink control channel structure in low latency systems
JP7023867B2 (en) Virtual cluster group-based uplink control channel
US20220225333A1 (en) Resource dynamic indication method and apparatus
JP7246303B2 (en) Communication device, communication method and integrated circuit
KR20160043961A (en) Telecommunications apparatus and methods
WO2012077938A2 (en) Resource allocation method and device in multi-node system
JP2020513174A5 (en)
US11882067B2 (en) Method and apparatus for generating reference signal sequence in wireless communication system
ES2879443T3 (en) Spectrum sharing for radio access technology
JP2023533083A (en) Wireless communication method and user equipment for repetition-based uplink transmission
WO2019096273A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving information
JP7451763B2 (en) Spatial relationships and path loss reference signals for multi-TRP operation
CN111669258B (en) Resource allocation method, device, related equipment and storage medium
CN115701195A (en) Resource allocation method, communication device and communication equipment
WO2021062892A1 (en) Method and device for dynamic indication of resources
WO2023011671A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus, node, and storage medium